patch 8.2.2525: Vim9: only local variables checked for a name

Problem:    Vim9: only local variables checked for a name.
Solution:   Also check arguments and script variables. (closes #7838)

.cirrus.yml

@@ -3,6 +3,8 @@ env:
   FEATURES: huge
 
 freebsd_12_task:
+  only_if: $CIRRUS_TAG == ''
+  timeout_in: 20m
   freebsd_instance:
     image: freebsd-12-1-release-amd64
   install_script:

.codecov.yml

@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+coverage:
+  range: "80...100"
+  status:
+    project:
+      default:
+        threshold: 0.05%

.coveralls.yml

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+service_name: github-actions

.github/CODEOWNERS

@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@ runtime/autoload/netrwSettings.vim	@cecamp
 runtime/autoload/rubycomplete.vim	@segfault @dkearns
 runtime/autoload/tar.vim		@cecamp
 runtime/autoload/vimball.vim		@cecamp
+runtime/autoload/xmlformat.vim		@chrisbra
 runtime/autoload/zip.vim		@cecamp
 runtime/compiler/checkstyle.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/compiler/cucumber.vim		@tpope
@@ -30,6 +31,7 @@ runtime/compiler/dartdevc.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/compiler/dartdoc.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/compiler/dartfmt.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/compiler/eruby.vim		@dkearns
+runtime/compiler/fbc.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/compiler/gawk.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/compiler/gjs.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/compiler/haml.vim		@tpope
@@ -57,6 +59,7 @@ runtime/compiler/tsc.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/compiler/typedoc.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/compiler/xmllint.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/compiler/xo.vim			@dkearns
+runtime/compiler/zsh.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/doc/pi_getscript.txt		@cecamp
 runtime/doc/pi_logipat.txt		@cecamp
 runtime/doc/pi_netrw.txt		@cecamp
@@ -64,31 +67,41 @@ runtime/doc/pi_tar.txt			@cecamp
 runtime/doc/pi_vimball.txt		@cecamp
 runtime/doc/pi_zip.txt			@cecamp
 runtime/ftplugin/awk.vim		@dkearns
+runtime/ftplugin/basic.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/ftplugin/bst.vim		@tpope
+runtime/ftplugin/cfg.vim		@chrisbra
 runtime/ftplugin/css.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/ftplugin/cucumber.vim		@tpope
 runtime/ftplugin/eiffel.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/ftplugin/eruby.vim		@tpope @dkearns
+runtime/ftplugin/freebasic.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/ftplugin/git.vim		@tpope
 runtime/ftplugin/gitcommit.vim		@tpope
 runtime/ftplugin/gitconfig.vim		@tpope
 runtime/ftplugin/gitrebase.vim		@tpope
 runtime/ftplugin/gitsendemail.vim	@tpope
+runtime/ftplugin/gprof.vim		@dpelle
 runtime/ftplugin/haml.vim		@tpope
 runtime/ftplugin/hgcommit.vim		@k-takata
 runtime/ftplugin/javascript.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/ftplugin/javascriptreact.vim	@dkearns
+runtime/ftplugin/kconfig.vim		@chrisbra
 runtime/ftplugin/liquid.vim		@tpope
 runtime/ftplugin/markdown.vim		@tpope
 runtime/ftplugin/matlab.vim		@cecamp
+runtime/ftplugin/nroff.vim		@a-vrma
 runtime/ftplugin/nsis.vim		@k-takata
 runtime/ftplugin/pdf.vim		@tpope
 runtime/ftplugin/ruby.vim		@tpope @dkearns
 runtime/ftplugin/sass.vim		@tpope
 runtime/ftplugin/scss.vim		@tpope
+runtime/ftplugin/spec.vim		@ignatenkobrain
+runtime/ftplugin/tidy.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/ftplugin/tmux.vim		@ericpruitt
 runtime/ftplugin/typescript.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/ftplugin/typescriptreact.vim	@dkearns
+runtime/ftplugin/xml.vim		@chrisbra
+runtime/ftplugin/zsh.vim		@chrisbra
 runtime/indent/bst.vim			@tpope
 runtime/indent/cucumber.vim		@tpope
 runtime/indent/dosbatch.vim		@k-takata
@@ -100,21 +113,36 @@ runtime/indent/nsis.vim			@k-takata
 runtime/indent/ruby.vim			@AndrewRadev @dkearns
 runtime/indent/sass.vim			@tpope
 runtime/indent/scss.vim			@tpope
+runtime/indent/sh.vim			@chrisbra
 runtime/indent/teraterm.vim		@k-takata
+runtime/indent/xml.vim			@chrisbra
+runtime/indent/zsh.vim			@chrisbra
+runtime/keymap/tamil_tscii.vim		@yegappan
+runtime/pack/dist/opt/cfilter/plugin/cfilter.vim	@yegappan
+runtime/pack/dist/opt/matchit/		@chrisbra
 runtime/plugin/getscriptPlugin.vim	@cecamp
 runtime/plugin/logiPat.vim		@cecamp
 runtime/plugin/netrwPlugin.vim		@cecamp
 runtime/plugin/tarPlugin.vim		@cecamp
 runtime/plugin/vimballPlugin.vim	@cecamp
 runtime/plugin/zipPlugin.vim		@cecamp
+runtime/syntax/aidl.vim			@dpelle
 runtime/syntax/amiga.vim		@cecamp
 runtime/syntax/asm.vim			@dkearns
 runtime/syntax/asmh8300.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/syntax/awk.vim			@dkearns
+runtime/syntax/basic.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/syntax/bst.vim			@tpope
+runtime/syntax/cabal.vim		@coot
+runtime/syntax/cabalconfig.vim		@coot
+runtime/syntax/cabalproject.vim		@coot
+runtime/syntax/cs.vim			@nickspoons
 runtime/syntax/csh.vim			@cecamp
 runtime/syntax/cucumber.vim		@tpope
+runtime/syntax/datascript.vim		@dpelle
 runtime/syntax/dcl.vim			@cecamp
+runtime/syntax/doxygen.vim		@frogonwheels
+runtime/syntax/dtd.vim			@chrisbra
 runtime/syntax/elmfilt.vim		@cecamp
 runtime/syntax/eruby.vim		@tpope @dkearns
 runtime/syntax/exports.vim		@cecamp
@@ -122,8 +150,11 @@ runtime/syntax/git.vim			@tpope
 runtime/syntax/gitcommit.vim		@tpope
 runtime/syntax/gitconfig.vim		@tpope
 runtime/syntax/gitrebase.vim		@tpope
+runtime/syntax/gprof.vim		@dpelle
 runtime/syntax/haml.vim			@tpope
+runtime/syntax/haskell.vim		@coot
 runtime/syntax/hgcommit.vim		@k-takata
+runtime/syntax/kconfig.vim		@chrisbra
 runtime/syntax/lex.vim			@cecamp
 runtime/syntax/liquid.vim		@tpope
 runtime/syntax/lisp.vim			@cecamp
@@ -138,12 +169,17 @@ runtime/syntax/nsis.vim			@k-takata
 runtime/syntax/pdf.vim			@tpope
 runtime/syntax/php.vim			@TysonAndre
 runtime/syntax/privoxy.vim		@dkearns
+runtime/syntax/prolog.vim		@XVilka
+runtime/syntax/rc.vim			@chrisbra
 runtime/syntax/rpcgen.vim		@cecamp
 runtime/syntax/ruby.vim			@dkearns
 runtime/syntax/sass.vim			@tpope
 runtime/syntax/scss.vim			@tpope
 runtime/syntax/sh.vim			@cecamp
 runtime/syntax/sm.vim			@cecamp
+runtime/syntax/spec.vim			@ignatenkobrain
+runtime/syntax/sqloracle.vim		@chrisbra
+runtime/syntax/sshdconfig.vim		@Jakuje
 runtime/syntax/tags.vim			@cecamp
 runtime/syntax/teraterm.vim		@k-takata
 runtime/syntax/tex.vim			@cecamp
@@ -153,6 +189,15 @@ runtime/syntax/vim.vim			@cecamp
 runtime/syntax/wget.vim			@dkearns
 runtime/syntax/xbl.vim			@dkearns
 runtime/syntax/xmath.vim		@cecamp
+runtime/syntax/xml.vim			@chrisbra
 runtime/syntax/xslt.vim			@Boobies
 runtime/syntax/xxd.vim			@cecamp
 runtime/syntax/yacc.vim			@cecamp
+runtime/syntax/zsh.vim			@chrisbra
+runtime/tutor/tutor.eo			@dpelle
+runtime/tutor/tutor.eo.utf-8		@dpelle
+runtime/tutor/tutor.fr			@dpelle
+runtime/tutor/tutor.fr.utf-8		@dpelle
+src/po/de.po				@chrisbra
+src/po/eo.po				@dpelle
+src/po/fr.po				@dpelle

.github/workflows/ci-windows.yaml

@@ -1,229 +0,0 @@
-name: GitHub CI
-
-on:
-  push:
-    branches:
-      - '**'
-  pull_request:
-
-env:
-  VCVARSALL: C:\Program Files (x86)\Microsoft Visual Studio\2019\Enterprise\VC\Auxiliary\Build\vcvarsall.bat
-
-  # Interfaces
-  # Lua
-  LUA_VER: 54
-  LUA_VER_DOT: '5.4'
-  LUA_RELEASE: 5.4.0
-  LUA32_URL: https://downloads.sourceforge.net/luabinaries/lua-%LUA_RELEASE%_Win32_dllw6_lib.zip
-  LUA64_URL: https://downloads.sourceforge.net/luabinaries/lua-%LUA_RELEASE%_Win64_dllw6_lib.zip
-  LUA_DIR: D:\Lua
-  # Python 2
-  PYTHON_VER: 27
-  PYTHON_VER_DOT: '2.7'
-  # Python 3
-  PYTHON3_VER: 38
-  PYTHON3_VER_DOT: '3.8'
-
-  # Other dependencies
-  # winpty
-  WINPTY_URL: https://github.com/rprichard/winpty/releases/download/0.4.3/winpty-0.4.3-msvc2015.zip
-
-  # Escape sequences
-  COL_RED: "\x1b[31m"
-  COL_GREEN: "\x1b[32m"
-  COL_YELLOW: "\x1b[33m"
-  COL_RESET: "\x1b[m"
-
-jobs:
-  build:
-    runs-on: windows-latest
-
-    strategy:
-      fail-fast: false
-      matrix:
-        toolchain: [msvc, mingw]
-        arch: [x64, x86]
-        features: [HUGE, NORMAL]
-        include:
-          - arch: x64
-            vcarch: amd64
-            warch: x64
-            bits: 64
-            msystem: MINGW64
-            cygreg: registry
-            pyreg: ""
-          - arch: x86
-            vcarch: x86
-            warch: ia32
-            bits: 32
-            msystem: MINGW32
-            cygreg: registry32
-            pyreg: "-32"
-        exclude:
-          - toolchain: msvc
-            arch: x64
-            features: NORMAL
-          - toolchain: mingw
-            arch: x86
-            features: NORMAL
-
-    steps:
-    - name: Initalize
-      id: init
-      shell: bash
-      run: |
-        git config --global core.autocrlf input
-        python_dir=$(cat "/proc/${{ matrix.cygreg }}/HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE/SOFTWARE/Python/PythonCore/${PYTHON_VER_DOT}/InstallPath/@")
-        python3_dir=$(cat "/proc/${{ matrix.cygreg }}/HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE/SOFTWARE/Python/PythonCore/${PYTHON3_VER_DOT}${{ matrix.pyreg }}/InstallPath/@")
-        echo "PYTHON_DIR=$python_dir" >> $GITHUB_ENV
-        echo "PYTHON3_DIR=$python3_dir" >> $GITHUB_ENV
-
-    - uses: msys2/setup-msys2@v2
-      if: matrix.toolchain == 'mingw'
-      with:
-        msystem: ${{ matrix.msystem }}
-        release: false
-
-    - uses: actions/checkout@v2
-
-    - name: Create a list of download URLs
-      shell: cmd
-      run: |
-        type NUL > urls.txt
-        echo %LUA_RELEASE%>> urls.txt
-        echo %WINPTY_URL%>> urls.txt
-
-    - name: Cache downloaded files
-      uses: actions/cache@v2
-      with:
-        path: downloads
-        key: ${{ runner.os }}-${{ matrix.bits }}-${{ hashFiles('urls.txt') }}
-
-    - name: Download dependencies
-      shell: cmd
-      run: |
-        path C:\Program Files\7-Zip;%path%
-        if not exist downloads mkdir downloads
-
-        echo %COL_GREEN%Download Lua%COL_RESET%
-        call :downloadfile %LUA${{ matrix.bits }}_URL% downloads\lua.zip
-        7z x downloads\lua.zip -o%LUA_DIR% > nul || exit 1
-
-        echo %COL_GREEN%Download winpty%COL_RESET%
-        call :downloadfile %WINPTY_URL% downloads\winpty.zip
-        7z x -y downloads\winpty.zip -oD:\winpty > nul || exit 1
-        copy /Y D:\winpty\${{ matrix.warch }}\bin\winpty.dll        src\winpty${{ matrix.bits }}.dll
-        copy /Y D:\winpty\${{ matrix.warch }}\bin\winpty-agent.exe  src\
-
-        goto :eof
-
-        :downloadfile
-        :: call :downloadfile <URL> <localfile>
-        if not exist %2 (
-          curl -f -L %1 -o %2
-        )
-        if ERRORLEVEL 1 (
-          rem Retry once.
-          curl -f -L %1 -o %2 || exit 1
-        )
-        goto :eof
-
-    - name: Copy src directory to src2
-      shell: cmd
-      run: |
-        xcopy src src2\ /E > nul
-
-    - name: Build (MSVC)
-      if: matrix.toolchain == 'msvc'
-      shell: cmd
-      run: |
-        call "%VCVARSALL%" ${{ matrix.vcarch }}
-        cd src
-        :: Filter out the progress bar from the build log
-        sed -e "s/@<<$/@<< | sed -e 's#.*\\\\r.*##'/" Make_mvc.mak > Make_mvc2.mak
-        if "${{ matrix.features }}"=="HUGE" (
-          nmake -nologo -f Make_mvc2.mak ^
-            FEATURES=${{ matrix.features }} ^
-            GUI=yes IME=yes ICONV=yes VIMDLL=yes ^
-            DYNAMIC_LUA=yes LUA=%LUA_DIR% ^
-            DYNAMIC_PYTHON=yes PYTHON=%PYTHON_DIR% ^
-            DYNAMIC_PYTHON3=yes PYTHON3=%PYTHON3_DIR%
-        ) else (
-          nmake -nologo -f Make_mvc2.mak ^
-            FEATURES=${{ matrix.features }} ^
-            GUI=yes IME=yes ICONV=yes VIMDLL=yes
-        )
-        if not exist vim${{ matrix.bits }}.dll (
-          echo %COL_RED%Build failure.%COL_RESET%
-          exit 1
-        )
-
-    - name: Build (MinGW)
-      if: matrix.toolchain == 'mingw'
-      shell: msys2 {0}
-      run: |
-        cd src
-        if [ "${{ matrix.features }}" = "HUGE" ]; then
-          mingw32-make -f Make_ming.mak -j2 \
-            FEATURES=${{ matrix.features }} \
-            GUI=yes IME=yes ICONV=yes VIMDLL=yes \
-            DYNAMIC_LUA=yes LUA=${LUA_DIR} \
-            DYNAMIC_PYTHON=yes PYTHON=${PYTHON_DIR} \
-            DYNAMIC_PYTHON3=yes PYTHON3=${PYTHON3_DIR} \
-            STATIC_STDCPLUS=yes
-        else
-          mingw32-make -f Make_ming.mak -j2 \
-            FEATURES=${{ matrix.features }} \
-            GUI=yes IME=yes ICONV=yes VIMDLL=yes \
-            STATIC_STDCPLUS=yes
-        fi
-
-#    - name: Prepare Artifact
-#      shell: cmd
-#      run: |
-#        mkdir artifacts
-#        copy src\*vim.exe artifacts
-#        copy src\vim*.dll artifacts
-#
-#    - name: Upload Artifact
-#      uses: actions/upload-artifact@v1
-#      with:
-#        name: vim${{ matrix.bits }}-${{ matrix.toolchain }}
-#        path: ./artifacts
-
-    - name: Test
-      shell: cmd
-      timeout-minutes: 20
-      run: |
-        PATH %LUA_DIR%;C:\msys64\${{ matrix.msystem }}\bin;%PATH%;%PYTHON3_DIR%
-        call "%VCVARSALL%" ${{ matrix.vcarch }}
-        cd src
-        echo.
-        echo %COL_GREEN%vim version:%COL_RESET%
-        .\vim --version || exit 1
-
-        echo %COL_GREEN%Start testing vim in background.%COL_RESET%
-        start cmd /c "cd ..\src2\testdir & nmake -nologo -f Make_dos.mak VIMPROG=..\..\src\vim > nul & echo done>done.txt"
-
-        echo %COL_GREEN%Test gvim:%COL_RESET%
-        cd testdir
-        nmake -nologo -f Make_dos.mak VIMPROG=..\gvim || exit 1
-        cd ..
-
-        echo %COL_GREEN%Wait for vim tests to finish.%COL_RESET%
-        cd ..\src2\testdir
-        :: Wait about 10 minutes.
-        for /L %%i in (1,1,60) do (
-          if exist done.txt goto exitloop
-          timeout 10
-        )
-        set timeout=1
-        :exitloop
-
-        echo %COL_GREEN%Test results of vim:%COL_RESET%
-        if exist messages type messages
-        nmake -nologo -f Make_dos.mak report VIMPROG=..\..\src\vim || exit 1
-        if "%timeout%"=="1" (
-          echo %COL_RED%Timed out.%COL_RESET%
-          exit 1
-        )

.github/workflows/ci.yml

@@ -0,0 +1,527 @@
+name: GitHub CI
+
+on:
+  push:
+    branches: ['**']
+  pull_request:
+
+jobs:
+  linux:
+    runs-on: ubuntu-18.04
+
+    env:
+      CC: ${{ matrix.compiler }}
+      TEST: test
+      SRCDIR: ./src
+      LEAK_CFLAGS: -DEXITFREE
+      LOG_DIR: ${{ github.workspace }}/logs
+      TERM: xterm
+      DISPLAY: ':99'
+      DEBIAN_FRONTEND: noninteractive
+
+    strategy:
+      fail-fast: false
+      matrix:
+        features: [tiny, small, normal, huge]
+        compiler: [clang, gcc]
+        extra: [none]
+        include:
+          - features: tiny
+            compiler: clang
+            extra: nogui
+          - features: tiny
+            compiler: gcc
+            extra: nogui
+          - features: normal
+            shadow: ./src/shadow
+          - features: huge
+            coverage: true
+          - features: huge
+            compiler: gcc
+            coverage: true
+            extra: testgui
+          - features: huge
+            compiler: clang
+            extra: asan
+          - features: huge
+            compiler: gcc
+            coverage: true
+            extra: unittests
+          - features: normal
+            compiler: gcc
+            extra: vimtags
+
+    steps:
+      - uses: actions/checkout@v2
+
+      - name: Install packages
+        run: |
+          sudo apt-get install -y \
+            autoconf \
+            lcov \
+            gettext \
+            libcanberra-dev \
+            libperl-dev \
+            python-dev \
+            python3-dev \
+            liblua5.3-dev \
+            lua5.3 \
+            ruby-dev \
+            tcl-dev \
+            cscope \
+            libgtk2.0-dev \
+            desktop-file-utils \
+            libtool-bin
+
+      - name: Install clang-11
+        if: matrix.compiler == 'clang'
+        run: |
+          wget -O - https://apt.llvm.org/llvm-snapshot.gpg.key | sudo apt-key add -
+          . /etc/lsb-release
+          sudo add-apt-repository -y "deb http://apt.llvm.org/${DISTRIB_CODENAME}/ llvm-toolchain-${DISTRIB_CODENAME}-11 main"
+          sudo apt-get install -y clang-11
+          sudo update-alternatives --install /usr/bin/clang clang /usr/bin/clang-11 100
+          sudo update-alternatives --set clang /usr/bin/clang-11
+          sudo update-alternatives --install /usr/bin/llvm-cov llvm-cov /usr/bin/llvm-cov-11 100
+
+      - name: Set up environment
+        run: |
+          mkdir -p "${LOG_DIR}"
+          mkdir -p "${HOME}/bin"
+          echo "${HOME}/bin" >> $GITHUB_PATH
+          (
+          echo "LINUX_VERSION=$(uname -r)"
+          echo "NPROC=$(getconf _NPROCESSORS_ONLN)"
+          echo "SND_DUMMY_DIR=${HOME}/snd-dummy"
+          echo "TMPDIR=${{ runner.temp }}"
+
+          case "${{ matrix.features }}" in
+          tiny|small)
+            echo "TEST=testtiny"
+            if ${{ contains(matrix.extra, 'nogui') }}; then
+              echo "CONFOPT=--disable-gui"
+            fi
+            ;;
+          normal)
+            ;;
+          huge)
+            echo "TEST=scripttests test_libvterm"
+            echo "CONFOPT=--enable-perlinterp --enable-pythoninterp --enable-python3interp --enable-rubyinterp --enable-luainterp --enable-tclinterp"
+            ;;
+          esac
+
+          if ${{ matrix.coverage == true }}; then
+            echo "CFLAGS=--coverage -DUSE_GCOV_FLUSH"
+            echo "LDFLAGS=--coverage"
+          fi
+          if ${{ contains(matrix.extra, 'testgui') }}; then
+            echo "TEST=-C src testgui"
+          fi
+          if ${{ contains(matrix.extra, 'unittests') }}; then
+            echo "TEST=unittests"
+          fi
+          if ${{ contains(matrix.extra, 'asan') }}; then
+            echo "SANITIZER_CFLAGS=-g -O1 -DABORT_ON_INTERNAL_ERROR -DEXITFREE -fsanitize-recover=all -fsanitize=address -fsanitize=undefined -fno-omit-frame-pointer"
+            echo "ASAN_OPTIONS=print_stacktrace=1 log_path=${LOG_DIR}/asan"
+            echo "UBSAN_OPTIONS=print_stacktrace=1 log_path=${LOG_DIR}/ubsan"
+            echo "LSAN_OPTIONS=suppressions=${GITHUB_WORKSPACE}/src/testdir/lsan-suppress.txt"
+          fi
+          if ${{ contains(matrix.extra, 'vimtags') }}; then
+            echo "TEST=-C runtime/doc vimtags VIMEXE=../../${SRCDIR}/vim"
+          fi
+          ) >> $GITHUB_ENV
+
+      - name: Set up system
+        run: |
+          if [[ ${CC} = clang ]]; then
+            # Use llvm-cov instead of gcov when compiler is clang.
+            ln -fs /usr/bin/llvm-cov ${HOME}/bin/gcov
+          fi
+          # Setup lua5.3 manually since its package doesn't provide alternative.
+          # https://bugs.launchpad.net/ubuntu/+source/lua5.3/+bug/1707212
+          if [[ ${CONFOPT} =~ luainterp ]]; then
+            sudo update-alternatives --install /usr/bin/lua lua /usr/bin/lua5.3 10
+          fi
+          sudo sysctl -w net.ipv6.conf.lo.disable_ipv6=0
+          sudo usermod -a -G audio "${USER}"
+          sudo bash ci/setup-xvfb.sh
+
+      - name: Cache snd-dummy
+        uses: actions/cache@v2
+        with:
+          path: ${{ env.SND_DUMMY_DIR }}
+          key: linux-${{ env.LINUX_VERSION }}-snd-dummy
+
+      - name: Set up snd-dummy
+        run: |
+          if [[ ! -e ${SND_DUMMY_DIR}/snd-dummy.ko ]]; then
+            bash ci/build-snd-dummy.sh
+          fi
+          cd "${SND_DUMMY_DIR}"
+          sudo insmod soundcore.ko
+          sudo insmod snd.ko
+          sudo insmod snd-pcm.ko
+          sudo insmod snd-dummy.ko
+
+      - name: Check autoconf
+        if: contains(matrix.extra, 'unittests')
+        run: |
+          make -C src autoconf
+
+      - name: Set up shadow dir
+        if: matrix.shadow
+        run: |
+          make -C src shadow
+          echo "SRCDIR=${{ matrix.shadow }}" >> $GITHUB_ENV
+          echo "SHADOWOPT=-C ${{ matrix.shadow }}" >> $GITHUB_ENV
+
+      - name: Configure
+        run: |
+          ./configure --with-features=${{ matrix.features }} ${CONFOPT} --enable-fail-if-missing
+          # Append various warning flags to CFLAGS.
+          sed -i -f ci/config.mk.sed ${SRCDIR}/auto/config.mk
+          sed -i -f ci/config.mk.${CC}.sed ${SRCDIR}/auto/config.mk
+
+      - name: Build
+        if: (!contains(matrix.extra, 'unittests'))
+        run: |
+          make ${SHADOWOPT} -j${NPROC}
+
+      - name: Check version
+        if: (!contains(matrix.extra, 'unittests'))
+        run: |
+          "${SRCDIR}"/vim --version
+          "${SRCDIR}"/vim -u NONE -i NONE --not-a-term -esNX -V1 -S ci/if_ver-1.vim -c quit
+          "${SRCDIR}"/vim -u NONE -i NONE --not-a-term -esNX -V1 -S ci/if_ver-2.vim -c quit
+
+      - name: Test
+        timeout-minutes: 20
+        run: |
+          do_test() { sg audio "sg $(id -gn) '$*'"; }
+          do_test make ${SHADOWOPT} ${TEST}
+
+      - name: Coveralls
+        if: matrix.coverage && success() && github.event_name != 'pull_request'
+        env:
+          COVERALLS_REPO_TOKEN: ${{ secrets.COVERALLS_REPO_TOKEN }}
+          COVERALLS_PARALLEL: true
+          TRAVIS_JOB_ID: ${{ github.run_id }}
+        run: |
+          sudo apt-get install -y python3-setuptools python3-wheel
+          sudo -H pip3 install pip -U
+          # needed for https support for coveralls building cffi only works with gcc, not with clang
+          CC=gcc pip3 install --user cpp-coveralls pyopenssl ndg-httpsclient pyasn1
+          ~/.local/bin/coveralls -b "${SRCDIR}" -x .xs -e "${SRCDIR}"/if_perl.c -e "${SRCDIR}"/xxd -e "${SRCDIR}"/libvterm --encodings utf-8
+
+      - name: Codecov
+        if: matrix.coverage && success()
+        run: |
+          cd "${SRCDIR}"
+          bash <(curl -s https://codecov.io/bash) -F "${{ matrix.features }}-${{ matrix.compiler }}-${{ matrix.extra }}"
+
+      - name: ASan logs
+        if: contains(matrix.extra, 'asan') && !cancelled()
+        run: |
+          for f in $(grep -lR '#[[:digit:]]* *0x[[:digit:]a-fA-F]*' "${LOG_DIR}"); do
+            asan_symbolize-11 -l "$f"
+            false # in order to fail a job
+          done
+
+  coveralls:
+    runs-on: ubuntu-18.04
+
+    needs: linux
+    if: always() && github.event_name != 'pull_request'
+
+    steps:
+      - name: Parallel finished
+        env:
+          COVERALLS_REPO_TOKEN: ${{ secrets.COVERALLS_REPO_TOKEN }}
+        run: |
+          curl -k "https://coveralls.io/webhook?repo_token=${COVERALLS_REPO_TOKEN}" -d "payload[build_num]=${GITHUB_RUN_ID}&payload[status]=done"
+
+  macos:
+    runs-on: macos-latest
+
+    env:
+      CC: ${{ matrix.compiler }}
+      TEST: test
+      SRCDIR: ./src
+      LEAK_CFLAGS: -DEXITFREE
+      TERM: xterm
+
+    strategy:
+      fail-fast: false
+      matrix:
+        features: [tiny, huge]
+        compiler: [clang, gcc]
+
+    steps:
+      - uses: actions/checkout@v2
+
+      - name: Install packages
+        env:
+          HOMEBREW_NO_AUTO_UPDATE: 1
+        run: |
+          brew install lua
+          echo "LUA_PREFIX=/usr/local" >> $GITHUB_ENV
+
+      - name: Set up environment
+        run: |
+          (
+          echo "NPROC=$(getconf _NPROCESSORS_ONLN)"
+          case "${{ matrix.features }}" in
+          tiny)
+            echo "TEST=testtiny"
+            echo "CONFOPT=--disable-gui"
+            ;;
+          huge)
+            echo "CONFOPT=--enable-perlinterp --enable-python3interp --enable-rubyinterp --enable-luainterp --enable-tclinterp"
+            ;;
+          esac
+          ) >> $GITHUB_ENV
+
+      - name: Configure
+        run: |
+          ./configure --with-features=${{ matrix.features }} ${CONFOPT} --enable-fail-if-missing
+          # Append various warning flags to CFLAGS.
+          # BSD sed needs backup extension specified.
+          sed -i.bak -f ci/config.mk.sed ${SRCDIR}/auto/config.mk
+          # On macOS, the entity of gcc is clang.
+          sed -i.bak -f ci/config.mk.clang.sed ${SRCDIR}/auto/config.mk
+
+      - name: Build
+        env:
+          LC_ALL: C
+        run: |
+          make -j${NPROC}
+
+      - name: Check version
+        run: |
+          "${SRCDIR}"/vim --version
+          "${SRCDIR}"/vim -u NONE -i NONE --not-a-term -esNX -V1 -S ci/if_ver-1.vim -c quit
+          "${SRCDIR}"/vim -u NONE -i NONE --not-a-term -esNX -V1 -S ci/if_ver-2.vim -c quit
+
+      - name: Test
+        timeout-minutes: 20
+        run: |
+          make ${TEST}
+
+  windows:
+    runs-on: windows-latest
+
+    env:
+      VCVARSALL: C:\Program Files (x86)\Microsoft Visual Studio\2019\Enterprise\VC\Auxiliary\Build\vcvarsall.bat
+      # Interfaces
+      # Lua
+      LUA_VER: 54
+      LUA_VER_DOT: '5.4'
+      LUA_RELEASE: 5.4.0
+      LUA32_URL: https://downloads.sourceforge.net/luabinaries/lua-%LUA_RELEASE%_Win32_dllw6_lib.zip
+      LUA64_URL: https://downloads.sourceforge.net/luabinaries/lua-%LUA_RELEASE%_Win64_dllw6_lib.zip
+      LUA_DIR: D:\Lua
+      # Python 2
+      PYTHON_VER: 27
+      PYTHON_VER_DOT: '2.7'
+      # Python 3
+      PYTHON3_VER: 38
+      PYTHON3_VER_DOT: '3.8'
+      # Other dependencies
+      # winpty
+      WINPTY_URL: https://github.com/rprichard/winpty/releases/download/0.4.3/winpty-0.4.3-msvc2015.zip
+      # Escape sequences
+      COL_RED: "\x1b[31m"
+      COL_GREEN: "\x1b[32m"
+      COL_YELLOW: "\x1b[33m"
+      COL_RESET: "\x1b[m"
+
+    strategy:
+      fail-fast: false
+      matrix:
+        toolchain: [msvc, mingw]
+        arch: [x64, x86]
+        features: [HUGE, NORMAL]
+        include:
+          - arch: x64
+            vcarch: amd64
+            warch: x64
+            bits: 64
+            msystem: MINGW64
+            cygreg: registry
+            pyreg: ""
+          - arch: x86
+            vcarch: x86
+            warch: ia32
+            bits: 32
+            msystem: MINGW32
+            cygreg: registry32
+            pyreg: "-32"
+        exclude:
+          - toolchain: msvc
+            arch: x64
+            features: NORMAL
+          - toolchain: mingw
+            arch: x86
+            features: NORMAL
+
+    steps:
+      - name: Initalize
+        id: init
+        shell: bash
+        run: |
+          git config --global core.autocrlf input
+          python_dir=$(cat "/proc/${{ matrix.cygreg }}/HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE/SOFTWARE/Python/PythonCore/${PYTHON_VER_DOT}/InstallPath/@")
+          python3_dir=$(cat "/proc/${{ matrix.cygreg }}/HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE/SOFTWARE/Python/PythonCore/${PYTHON3_VER_DOT}${{ matrix.pyreg }}/InstallPath/@")
+          echo "PYTHON_DIR=$python_dir" >> $GITHUB_ENV
+          echo "PYTHON3_DIR=$python3_dir" >> $GITHUB_ENV
+
+      - uses: msys2/setup-msys2@v2
+        if: matrix.toolchain == 'mingw'
+        with:
+          msystem: ${{ matrix.msystem }}
+          release: false
+
+      - uses: actions/checkout@v2
+
+      - name: Create a list of download URLs
+        shell: cmd
+        run: |
+          type NUL > urls.txt
+          echo %LUA_RELEASE%>> urls.txt
+          echo %WINPTY_URL%>> urls.txt
+
+      - name: Cache downloaded files
+        uses: actions/cache@v2
+        with:
+          path: downloads
+          key: ${{ runner.os }}-${{ matrix.bits }}-${{ hashFiles('urls.txt') }}
+
+      - name: Download dependencies
+        shell: cmd
+        run: |
+          path C:\Program Files\7-Zip;%path%
+          if not exist downloads mkdir downloads
+
+          echo %COL_GREEN%Download Lua%COL_RESET%
+          call :downloadfile %LUA${{ matrix.bits }}_URL% downloads\lua.zip
+          7z x downloads\lua.zip -o%LUA_DIR% > nul || exit 1
+
+          echo %COL_GREEN%Download winpty%COL_RESET%
+          call :downloadfile %WINPTY_URL% downloads\winpty.zip
+          7z x -y downloads\winpty.zip -oD:\winpty > nul || exit 1
+          copy /Y D:\winpty\${{ matrix.warch }}\bin\winpty.dll        src\winpty${{ matrix.bits }}.dll
+          copy /Y D:\winpty\${{ matrix.warch }}\bin\winpty-agent.exe  src\
+
+          goto :eof
+
+          :downloadfile
+          :: call :downloadfile <URL> <localfile>
+          if not exist %2 (
+            curl -f -L %1 -o %2
+          )
+          if ERRORLEVEL 1 (
+            rem Retry once.
+            curl -f -L %1 -o %2 || exit 1
+          )
+          goto :eof
+
+      - name: Copy src directory to src2
+        shell: cmd
+        run: |
+          xcopy src src2\ /E > nul
+
+      - name: Build (MSVC)
+        if: matrix.toolchain == 'msvc'
+        shell: cmd
+        run: |
+          call "%VCVARSALL%" ${{ matrix.vcarch }}
+          cd src
+          :: Filter out the progress bar from the build log
+          sed -e "s/@<<$/@<< | sed -e 's#.*\\\\r.*##'/" Make_mvc.mak > Make_mvc2.mak
+          if "${{ matrix.features }}"=="HUGE" (
+            nmake -nologo -f Make_mvc2.mak ^
+              FEATURES=${{ matrix.features }} ^
+              GUI=yes IME=yes ICONV=yes VIMDLL=yes ^
+              DYNAMIC_LUA=yes LUA=%LUA_DIR% ^
+              DYNAMIC_PYTHON=yes PYTHON=%PYTHON_DIR% ^
+              DYNAMIC_PYTHON3=yes PYTHON3=%PYTHON3_DIR%
+          ) else (
+            nmake -nologo -f Make_mvc2.mak ^
+              FEATURES=${{ matrix.features }} ^
+              GUI=yes IME=yes ICONV=yes VIMDLL=yes
+          )
+          if not exist vim${{ matrix.bits }}.dll (
+            echo %COL_RED%Build failure.%COL_RESET%
+            exit 1
+          )
+
+      - name: Build (MinGW)
+        if: matrix.toolchain == 'mingw'
+        shell: msys2 {0}
+        run: |
+          cd src
+          if [ "${{ matrix.features }}" = "HUGE" ]; then
+            mingw32-make -f Make_ming.mak -j2 \
+              FEATURES=${{ matrix.features }} \
+              GUI=yes IME=yes ICONV=yes VIMDLL=yes \
+              DYNAMIC_LUA=yes LUA=${LUA_DIR} \
+              DYNAMIC_PYTHON=yes PYTHON=${PYTHON_DIR} \
+              DYNAMIC_PYTHON3=yes PYTHON3=${PYTHON3_DIR} \
+              STATIC_STDCPLUS=yes
+          else
+            mingw32-make -f Make_ming.mak -j2 \
+              FEATURES=${{ matrix.features }} \
+              GUI=yes IME=yes ICONV=yes VIMDLL=yes \
+              STATIC_STDCPLUS=yes
+          fi
+
+      #- name: Prepare Artifact
+      #  shell: cmd
+      #  run: |
+      #    mkdir artifacts
+      #    copy src\*vim.exe artifacts
+      #    copy src\vim*.dll artifacts
+      #
+      #- name: Upload Artifact
+      #  uses: actions/upload-artifact@v1
+      #  with:
+      #    name: vim${{ matrix.bits }}-${{ matrix.toolchain }}
+      #    path: ./artifacts
+
+      - name: Test
+        shell: cmd
+        timeout-minutes: 20
+        run: |
+          PATH %LUA_DIR%;C:\msys64\${{ matrix.msystem }}\bin;%PATH%;%PYTHON3_DIR%
+          call "%VCVARSALL%" ${{ matrix.vcarch }}
+          cd src
+          echo.
+          echo %COL_GREEN%vim version:%COL_RESET%
+          .\vim --version || exit 1
+
+          echo %COL_GREEN%Start testing vim in background.%COL_RESET%
+          start cmd /c "cd ..\src2\testdir & nmake -nologo -f Make_dos.mak VIMPROG=..\..\src\vim > nul & echo done>done.txt"
+
+          echo %COL_GREEN%Test gvim:%COL_RESET%
+          cd testdir
+          nmake -nologo -f Make_dos.mak VIMPROG=..\gvim || exit 1
+          cd ..
+
+          echo %COL_GREEN%Wait for vim tests to finish.%COL_RESET%
+          cd ..\src2\testdir
+          :: Wait about 10 minutes.
+          for /L %%i in (1,1,60) do (
+            if exist done.txt goto exitloop
+            timeout 10 > NUL 2>&1
+            if ERRORLEVEL 1 ping -n 11 localhost > NUL
+          )
+          set timeout=1
+          :exitloop
+
+          echo %COL_GREEN%Test results of vim:%COL_RESET%
+          if exist messages type messages
+          nmake -nologo -f Make_dos.mak report VIMPROG=..\..\src\vim || exit 1
+          if "%timeout%"=="1" (
+            echo %COL_RED%Timed out.%COL_RESET%
+            exit 1
+          )

.github/workflows/codeql-analysis.yml

@@ -31,15 +31,6 @@ jobs:
     steps:
     - name: Checkout repository
       uses: actions/checkout@v2
-      with:
-        # We must fetch at least the immediate parents so that if this is
-        # a pull request then we can checkout the head.
-        fetch-depth: 2
-
-    # If this run was triggered by a pull request event, then checkout
-    # the head of the pull request instead of the merge commit.
-    - run: git checkout HEAD^2
-      if: ${{ github.event_name == 'pull_request' }}
 
     # Initializes the CodeQL tools for scanning.
     - name: Initialize CodeQL

.travis.yml

@@ -172,56 +172,56 @@ script:
 # Linux: 2 compilers on some of the environments + gcc on os390
 jobs:
   include:
-    - <<: *osx
-      name: tiny-nogui/clang
-      compiler: clang
-      env: *tiny-nogui
-    - <<: *osx
-      name: tiny-nogui/gcc
-      compiler: gcc
-      env: *tiny-nogui
-    - <<: *osx
-      <<: *osx-homebrew
-      name: huge/clang
-      compiler: clang
-      env: *osx-huge
-    - <<: *osx
-      <<: *osx-homebrew
-      name: huge/gcc
-      compiler: gcc
-      env: *osx-huge
-    - <<: *linux
-      name: tiny-nogui/clang
-      compiler: clang
-      env: *tiny-nogui
-    - <<: *linux
-      name: tiny-nogui/gcc
-      compiler: gcc
-      env: *tiny-nogui
-    - <<: *linux
-      name: tiny/clang
-      compiler: clang
-      env: *tiny
-    - <<: *linux
-      name: tiny/gcc
-      compiler: gcc
-      env: *tiny
-    - <<: *linux
-      name: small/gcc
-      compiler: gcc
-      env: *small
-    - <<: *linux
-      name: normal+shadow/clang
-      compiler: clang
-      env:
-        - *normal
-        - *shadowopt
-    - <<: *linux
-      name: normal+shadow/gcc
-      compiler: gcc
-      env:
-        - *normal
-        - *shadowopt
+    #- <<: *osx
+    #  name: tiny-nogui/clang
+    #  compiler: clang
+    #  env: *tiny-nogui
+    #- <<: *osx
+    #  name: tiny-nogui/gcc
+    #  compiler: gcc
+    #  env: *tiny-nogui
+    #- <<: *osx
+    #  <<: *osx-homebrew
+    #  name: huge/clang
+    #  compiler: clang
+    #  env: *osx-huge
+    #- <<: *osx
+    #  <<: *osx-homebrew
+    #  name: huge/gcc
+    #  compiler: gcc
+    #  env: *osx-huge
+    #- <<: *linux
+    #  name: tiny-nogui/clang
+    #  compiler: clang
+    #  env: *tiny-nogui
+    #- <<: *linux
+    #  name: tiny-nogui/gcc
+    #  compiler: gcc
+    #  env: *tiny-nogui
+    #- <<: *linux
+    #  name: tiny/clang
+    #  compiler: clang
+    #  env: *tiny
+    #- <<: *linux
+    #  name: tiny/gcc
+    #  compiler: gcc
+    #  env: *tiny
+    #- <<: *linux
+    #  name: small/gcc
+    #  compiler: gcc
+    #  env: *small
+    #- <<: *linux
+    #  name: normal+shadow/clang
+    #  compiler: clang
+    #  env:
+    #    - *normal
+    #    - *shadowopt
+    #- <<: *linux
+    #  name: normal+shadow/gcc
+    #  compiler: gcc
+    #  env:
+    #    - *normal
+    #    - *shadowopt
     - <<: *linux
       arch: s390x
       name: huge/gcc-s390x
@@ -234,57 +234,55 @@ jobs:
       compiler: gcc
       env: *linux-huge
       services: []
-    - <<: *linux
-      name: huge+coverage/clang
-      compiler: clang
-      env:
-        - *linux-huge
-        - *coverage
-        # Clang cannot compile test_libvterm with "--coverage" flag.
-        - TEST=scripttests
-      after_success: *eval-coverage
-    - <<: *linux
-      name: huge+coverage/gcc
-      compiler: gcc
-      env:
-        - *linux-huge
-        - *coverage
-      after_success: *eval-coverage
-    - <<: *linux # ASAN
-      name: huge+asan/clang
-      compiler: clang-11
-      addons:
-        apt:
-          sources:
-            - sourceline: 'deb http://apt.llvm.org/bionic/ llvm-toolchain-bionic-11 main'
-              key_url: 'https://apt.llvm.org/llvm-snapshot.gpg.key'
-          packages:
-            - *apt-packages
-            - clang-11
-      env:
-        - *linux-huge
-        - *asan
-      after_failure: *asan_symbolize
-    - <<: *linux
-      name: huge-testgui+coverage/gcc
-      compiler: gcc
-      env:
-        - *linux-huge
-        - *coverage
-        - TEST="-C src testgui"
-      after_success: *eval-coverage
-    - <<: *linux
-      name: unittests+coverage/gcc
-      compiler: gcc
-      env:
-        - *unittests
-        - *coverage
-      after_success: *eval-coverage
-    - <<: *linux
-      name: vimtags/gcc
-      compiler: gcc
-      env:
-        - *normal
-        - TEST="-C runtime/doc vimtags VIMEXE=../../${SRCDIR}/vim"
+    #- <<: *linux
+    #  name: huge+coverage/clang
+    #  compiler: clang
+    #  env:
+    #    - *linux-huge
+    #    - *coverage
+    #  after_success: *eval-coverage
+    #- <<: *linux
+    #  name: huge+coverage/gcc
+    #  compiler: gcc
+    #  env:
+    #    - *linux-huge
+    #    - *coverage
+    #  after_success: *eval-coverage
+    #- <<: *linux # ASAN
+    #  name: huge+asan/clang
+    #  compiler: clang-11
+    #  addons:
+    #    apt:
+    #      sources:
+    #        - sourceline: 'deb http://apt.llvm.org/bionic/ llvm-toolchain-bionic-11 main'
+    #          key_url: 'https://apt.llvm.org/llvm-snapshot.gpg.key'
+    #      packages:
+    #        - *apt-packages
+    #        - clang-11
+    #  env:
+    #    - *linux-huge
+    #    - *asan
+    #  after_failure: *asan_symbolize
+    #- <<: *linux
+    #  name: huge-testgui+coverage/gcc
+    #  compiler: gcc
+    #  env:
+    #    - *linux-huge
+    #    - *coverage
+    #    - TEST="-C src testgui"
+    #  after_success: *eval-coverage
+    #- <<: *linux
+    #  name: unittests+coverage/gcc
+    #  compiler: gcc
+    #  env:
+    #    - *unittests
+    #    - *coverage
+    #  after_success: *eval-coverage
+    #- <<: *linux
+    #  name: vimtags/gcc
+    #  compiler: gcc
+    #  env:
+    #    - *normal
+    #    - TEST="-C runtime/doc vimtags VIMEXE=../../${SRCDIR}/vim"
 
 # vim:set sts=2 sw=2 tw=0 et:

Filelist

@@ -3,20 +3,23 @@
 
 # source files for all source archives
 SRC_ALL =	\
-		.gitignore \
+		.cirrus.yml \
+		.coveralls.yml \
 		.gitattributes \
+		.github/CODEOWNERS \
+		.github/workflows/ci.yml \
+		.github/workflows/codeql-analysis.yml \
+		.gitignore \
 		.hgignore \
 		.lgtm.yml \
 		.travis.yml \
-		.cirrus.yml \
-		.github/workflows/ci-windows.yaml \
-		.github/workflows/codeql-analysis.yml \
-		.github/CODEOWNERS \
 		appveyor.yml \
 		ci/appveyor.bat \
+		ci/build-snd-dummy.sh \
+		ci/config.mk*.sed \
 		ci/if_ver*.vim \
 		ci/load-snd-dummy.sh \
-		ci/config.mk*.sed \
+		ci/setup-xvfb.sh \
 		src/Make_all.mak \
 		src/README.md \
 		src/alloc.h \

README.md

@@ -1,15 +1,8 @@
-![Vim Logo](https://github.com/vim/vim/blob/master/runtime/vimlogo.gif)
+[![Vim Logo](https://github.com/vim/vim/raw/master/runtime/vimlogo.gif)](https://www.vim.org)
 
-[![Travis Build Status](https://travis-ci.org/vim/vim.svg?branch=master)](https://travis-ci.org/vim/vim)
-[![Appveyor Build status](https://ci.appveyor.com/api/projects/status/o2qht2kjm02sgghk?svg=true)](https://ci.appveyor.com/project/chrisbra/vim)
-[![Github Build status](https://github.com/vim/vim/workflows/GitHub%20CI/badge.svg)](https://github.com/vim/vim/actions?query=workflow%3A%22GitHub+CI%22)
-[![Cirrus Build Status](https://api.cirrus-ci.com/github/vim/vim.svg)](https://cirrus-ci.com/github/vim/vim)
-[![Coverage Status](https://codecov.io/gh/vim/vim/coverage.svg?branch=master)](https://codecov.io/gh/vim/vim?branch=master)
-[![Coverity Scan](https://scan.coverity.com/projects/241/badge.svg)](https://scan.coverity.com/projects/vim)
-[![Language Grade: C/C++](https://img.shields.io/lgtm/grade/cpp/g/vim/vim.svg?logo=lgtm&logoWidth=18)](https://lgtm.com/projects/g/vim/vim/context:cpp)
-[![Debian CI](https://badges.debian.net/badges/debian/testing/vim/version.svg)](https://buildd.debian.org/vim)
-[![Packages](https://repology.org/badge/tiny-repos/vim.svg)](https://repology.org/metapackage/vim)
-For translations of this README see the end.
+[![Github Build status](https://github.com/vim/vim/workflows/GitHub%20CI/badge.svg)](https://github.com/vim/vim/actions?query=workflow%3A%22GitHub+CI%22) [![Travis Build Status](https://travis-ci.com/vim/vim.svg?branch=master)](https://travis-ci.com/github/vim/vim) [![Appveyor Build status](https://ci.appveyor.com/api/projects/status/o2qht2kjm02sgghk?svg=true)](https://ci.appveyor.com/project/chrisbra/vim) [![Cirrus Build Status](https://api.cirrus-ci.com/github/vim/vim.svg)](https://cirrus-ci.com/github/vim/vim) [![Coverage Status](https://codecov.io/gh/vim/vim/coverage.svg?branch=master)](https://codecov.io/gh/vim/vim?branch=master) [![Coverity Scan](https://scan.coverity.com/projects/241/badge.svg)](https://scan.coverity.com/projects/vim) [![Language Grade: C/C++](https://img.shields.io/lgtm/grade/cpp/g/vim/vim.svg?logo=lgtm&logoWidth=18)](https://lgtm.com/projects/g/vim/vim/context:cpp) [![Debian CI](https://badges.debian.net/badges/debian/testing/vim/version.svg)](https://buildd.debian.org/vim) [![Packages](https://repology.org/badge/tiny-repos/vim.svg)](https://repology.org/metapackage/vim) [![Fossies codespell report](https://fossies.org/linux/test/vim-master.tar.gz/codespell.svg)](https://fossies.org/linux/test/vim-master.tar.gz/codespell.html)
+
+<sub>For translations of this README see the end.</sub>
 
 
 ## What is Vim? ##

README_VIM9.md

@@ -159,18 +159,18 @@ thing I have been thinking of is assignments without ":let".  I often
 make that mistake (after writing JavaScript especially).  I think it is
 possible, if we make local variables shadow commands.  That should be OK,
 if you shadow a command you want to use, just rename the variable.
-Using "let" and "const" to declare a variable, like in JavaScript and
+Using "var" and "const" to declare a variable, like in JavaScript and
 TypeScript, can work:
 
 
 ``` vim
 def MyFunction(arg: number): number
-   let local = 1
-   let todo = arg
+   var local = 1
+   var todo = arg
    const ADD = 88
    while todo > 0
       local += ADD
-      --todo
+      todo -= 1
    endwhile
    return local
 enddef
@@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ function and export it:
 ``` vim
 vim9script  " Vim9 script syntax used here
 
-let local = 'local variable is not exported, script-local'
+var local = 'local variable is not exported, script-local'
 
 export def MyFunction()  " exported function
 ...
@@ -248,10 +248,10 @@ END
   return luaeval('sum')
 endfunc
 
-def VimNew()
-  let sum = 0
+def VimNew(): number
+  var sum = 0
   for i in range(1, 2999999)
-    let sum += i
+    sum += i
   endfor
   return sum
 enddef
@@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ echo 'Vim new: ' .. reltimestr(reltime(start))
 
 ``` vim
 def VimNew(): number
-  let totallen = 0
+  var totallen = 0
   for i in range(1, 100000)
     setline(i, '    ' .. getline(i))
     totallen += len(getline(i))

ci/build-snd-dummy.sh

@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+set -eu
+
+LINUX_VERSION=$(uname -r | cut -d. -f1-2)
+LINUX_ARCHIVE_FILE=v${LINUX_VERSION}.tar.gz
+LINUX_SOURCE_DIR=linux-${LINUX_VERSION}
+
+mkdir -p "${TMPDIR}"
+cd "${TMPDIR}"
+
+wget -q "https://github.com/torvalds/linux/archive/${LINUX_ARCHIVE_FILE}"
+
+tar -xf "${LINUX_ARCHIVE_FILE}" "${LINUX_SOURCE_DIR}/sound"
+cd "${LINUX_SOURCE_DIR}/sound"
+
+CC=gcc make -C "/lib/modules/$(uname -r)/build" M="${PWD}" CONFIG_SOUND=m CONFIG_SND=m CONFIG_SND_PCM=m CONFIG_SND_DUMMY=m modules
+
+mkdir -p "${SND_DUMMY_DIR}"
+cp soundcore.ko core/snd.ko core/snd-pcm.ko drivers/snd-dummy.ko "${SND_DUMMY_DIR}"

ci/setup-xvfb.sh

@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+set -e
+
+apt-get install -y xvfb
+
+cat <<EOT >/etc/systemd/system/xvfb.service
+[Unit]
+Description=X Virtual Frame Buffer Service
+After=network.target
+[Service]
+ExecStart=/usr/bin/Xvfb :99 -screen 0 1024x768x24
+[Install]
+WantedBy=multi-user.target
+EOT
+
+systemctl enable xvfb.service
+systemctl start xvfb.service

runtime/autoload/ccomplete.vim

@@ -1,13 +1,13 @@
 " Vim completion script
 " Language:	C
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2020 Apr 08
+" Last Change:	2020 Nov 14
 
 let s:cpo_save = &cpo
 set cpo&vim
 
 " This function is used for the 'omnifunc' option.
-function! ccomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
+func ccomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
   if a:findstart
     " Locate the start of the item, including ".", "->" and "[...]".
     let line = getline('.')
@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ function! ccomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
   return map(res, 's:Tagline2item(v:val, brackets)')
 endfunc
 
-function! s:GetAddition(line, match, memarg, bracket)
+func s:GetAddition(line, match, memarg, bracket)
   " Guess if the item is an array.
   if a:bracket && match(a:line, a:match . '\s*\[') > 0
     return '['
@@ -260,13 +260,13 @@ function! s:GetAddition(line, match, memarg, bracket)
     endif
   endif
   return ''
-endfunction
+endfunc
 
 " Turn the tag info "val" into an item for completion.
 " "val" is is an item in the list returned by taglist().
 " If it is a variable we may add "." or "->".  Don't do it for other types,
 " such as a typedef, by not including the info that s:GetAddition() uses.
-function! s:Tag2item(val)
+func s:Tag2item(val)
   let res = {'match': a:val['name']}
 
   let res['extra'] = s:Tagcmd2extra(a:val['cmd'], a:val['name'], a:val['filename'])
@@ -289,10 +289,10 @@ function! s:Tag2item(val)
   endif
 
   return res
-endfunction
+endfunc
 
 " Use all the items in dictionary for the "info" entry.
-function! s:Dict2info(dict)
+func s:Dict2info(dict)
   let info = ''
   for k in sort(keys(a:dict))
     let info  .= k . repeat(' ', 10 - len(k))
@@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ function! s:Dict2info(dict)
 endfunc
 
 " Parse a tag line and return a dictionary with items like taglist()
-function! s:ParseTagline(line)
+func s:ParseTagline(line)
   let l = split(a:line, "\t")
   let d = {}
   if len(l) >= 3
@@ -334,12 +334,12 @@ function! s:ParseTagline(line)
   endif
 
   return d
-endfunction
+endfunc
 
 " Turn a match item "val" into an item for completion.
 " "val['match']" is the matching item.
 " "val['tagline']" is the tagline in which the last part was found.
-function! s:Tagline2item(val, brackets)
+func s:Tagline2item(val, brackets)
   let line = a:val['tagline']
   let add = s:GetAddition(line, a:val['match'], [a:val], a:brackets == '')
   let res = {'word': a:val['match'] . a:brackets . add }
@@ -377,10 +377,10 @@ function! s:Tagline2item(val, brackets)
     let res['menu'] = s:Tagcmd2extra(s, a:val['match'], matchstr(line, '[^\t]*\t\zs[^\t]*\ze\t'))
   endif
   return res
-endfunction
+endfunc
 
 " Turn a command from a tag line to something that is useful in the menu
-function! s:Tagcmd2extra(cmd, name, fname)
+func s:Tagcmd2extra(cmd, name, fname)
   if a:cmd =~ '^/^'
     " The command is a search command, useful to see what it is.
     let x = matchstr(a:cmd, '^/^\s*\zs.*\ze$/')
@@ -395,13 +395,13 @@ function! s:Tagcmd2extra(cmd, name, fname)
     let x = a:cmd . ' - ' . a:fname
   endif
   return x
-endfunction
+endfunc
 
 " Find composing type in "lead" and match items[0] with it.
 " Repeat this recursively for items[1], if it's there.
 " When resolving typedefs "depth" is used to avoid infinite recursion.
 " Return the list of matches.
-function! s:Nextitem(lead, items, depth, all)
+func s:Nextitem(lead, items, depth, all)
 
   " Use the text up to the variable name and split it in tokens.
   let tokens = split(a:lead, '\s\+\|\<')
@@ -485,7 +485,7 @@ function! s:Nextitem(lead, items, depth, all)
   endfor
 
   return res
-endfunction
+endfunc
 
 
 " Search for members of structure "typename" in tags files.
@@ -493,7 +493,7 @@ endfunction
 " Each match is a dictionary with "match" and "tagline" entries.
 " When "all" is non-zero find all, otherwise just return 1 if there is any
 " member.
-function! s:StructMembers(typename, items, all)
+func s:StructMembers(typename, items, all)
   " Todo: What about local structures?
   let fnames = join(map(tagfiles(), 'escape(v:val, " \\#%")'))
   if fnames == ''
@@ -586,12 +586,12 @@ function! s:StructMembers(typename, items, all)
 
   " Failed to find anything.
   return []
-endfunction
+endfunc
 
 " For matching members, find matches for following items.
 " When "all" is non-zero find all, otherwise just return 1 if there is any
 " member.
-function! s:SearchMembers(matches, items, all)
+func s:SearchMembers(matches, items, all)
   let res = []
   for i in range(len(a:matches))
     let typename = ''

runtime/autoload/dist/ft.vim

@@ -362,6 +362,10 @@ func dist#ft#FTinc()
       setf aspvbs
     elseif lines =~ "<?"
       setf php
+    " Pascal supports // comments but they're vary rarely used for file
+    " headers so assume POV-Ray
+    elseif lines =~ '^\s*\%({\|(\*\)' || lines =~? s:ft_pascal_keywords
+      setf pascal
     else
       call dist#ft#FTasmsyntax()
       if exists("b:asmsyntax")
@@ -408,6 +412,9 @@ func dist#ft#FTprogress_asm()
   setf progress
 endfunc
 
+let s:ft_pascal_comments = '^\s*\%({\|(\*\|//\)'
+let s:ft_pascal_keywords = '^\s*\%(program\|unit\|library\|uses\|begin\|procedure\|function\|const\|type\|var\)\>'
+
 func dist#ft#FTprogress_pascal()
   if exists("g:filetype_p")
     exe "setf " . g:filetype_p
@@ -419,8 +426,7 @@ func dist#ft#FTprogress_pascal()
   let lnum = 1
   while lnum <= 10 && lnum < line('$')
     let line = getline(lnum)
-    if line =~ '^\s*\(program\|unit\|procedure\|function\|const\|type\|var\)\>'
-	\ || line =~ '^\s*{' || line =~ '^\s*(\*'
+    if line =~ s:ft_pascal_comments || line =~? s:ft_pascal_keywords
       setf pascal
       return
     elseif line !~ '^\s*$' || line =~ '^/\*'
@@ -433,6 +439,19 @@ func dist#ft#FTprogress_pascal()
   setf progress
 endfunc
 
+func dist#ft#FTpp()
+  if exists("g:filetype_pp")
+    exe "setf " . g:filetype_pp
+  else
+    let line = getline(nextnonblank(1))
+    if line =~ s:ft_pascal_comments || line =~? s:ft_pascal_keywords
+      setf pascal
+    else
+      setf puppet
+    endif
+  endif
+endfunc
+
 func dist#ft#FTr()
   let max = line("$") > 50 ? 50 : line("$")
 

runtime/autoload/phpcomplete.vim

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 " Maintainer:	Dávid Szabó ( complex857 AT gmail DOT com )
 " Previous Maintainer:	Mikolaj Machowski ( mikmach AT wp DOT pl )
 " URL: https://github.com/shawncplus/phpcomplete.vim
-" Last Change:  2018 Oct 10
+" Last Change:  2021 Feb 08
 "
 "	OPTIONS:
 "
@@ -122,7 +122,6 @@ function! phpcomplete#CompletePHP(findstart, base) " {{{
 		endif
 	endif
 
-
 	" If exists b:php_menu it means completion was already constructed we
 	" don't need to do anything more
 	if exists("b:php_menu")
@@ -148,8 +147,6 @@ function! phpcomplete#CompletePHP(findstart, base) " {{{
 	try
 		let eventignore = &eventignore
 		let &eventignore = 'all'
-		let winheight = winheight(0)
-		let winnr = winnr()
 
 		let [current_namespace, imports] = phpcomplete#GetCurrentNameSpace(getline(0, line('.')))
 
@@ -183,7 +180,6 @@ function! phpcomplete#CompletePHP(findstart, base) " {{{
 				endif
 
 				if filereadable(classlocation)
-					let classfile = readfile(classlocation)
 					let classcontent = ''
 					let classcontent .= "\n".phpcomplete#GetClassContents(classlocation, classname)
 					let sccontent = split(classcontent, "\n")
@@ -217,7 +213,6 @@ function! phpcomplete#CompletePHP(findstart, base) " {{{
 			return phpcomplete#CompleteGeneral(a:base, current_namespace, imports)
 		endif
 	finally
-		silent! exec winnr.'resize '.winheight
 		let &eventignore = eventignore
 	endtry
 endfunction
@@ -1025,7 +1020,7 @@ function! phpcomplete#CompleteUserClass(context, base, sccontent, visibility) "
 				let c_var = '$'.c_var
 			endif
 			let c_variables[c_var] = ''
-			if g:phpcomplete_parse_docblock_comments && len(get(variables, var_index)) > 0
+			if g:phpcomplete_parse_docblock_comments && len(get(variables, var_index, '')) > 0
 				let c_doc[c_var] = phpcomplete#GetDocBlock(a:sccontent, variables[var_index])
 			endif
 			let var_index += 1
@@ -2082,26 +2077,17 @@ function! phpcomplete#GetClassContentsStructure(file_path, file_lines, class_nam
 	"	...
 	" ]
 	"
-	let full_file_path = fnamemodify(a:file_path, ':p')
 	let class_name_pattern = '[a-zA-Z_\x7f-\xff\\][a-zA-Z_0-9\x7f-\xff\\]*'
-	let cfile = join(a:file_lines, "\n")
+	let full_file_path = fnamemodify(a:file_path, ':p')
 	let result = []
-	" We use new buffer and (later) normal! because
-	" this is the most efficient way. The other way
-	" is to go through the looong string looking for
-	" matching {}
+	let popup_id = popup_create(a:file_lines, {'hidden': v:true})
 
-	" remember the window we started at
-	let phpcomplete_original_window = winnr()
+	call win_execute(popup_id, 'call search(''\c\(class\|interface\|trait\)\_s\+'.a:class_name.'\(\>\|$\)'')')
+	call win_execute(popup_id, "let cfline = line('.')")
+	call win_execute(popup_id, "call search('{')")
+	call win_execute(popup_id, "let endline = line('.')")
 
-	silent! below 1new
-	silent! 0put =cfile
-	call search('\c\(class\|interface\|trait\)\_s\+'.a:class_name.'\(\>\|$\)')
-	let cfline = line('.')
-	call search('{')
-	let endline = line('.')
-
-	let content = join(getline(cfline, endline), "\n")
+	call win_execute(popup_id, 'let content = join(getline('.cfline.', '.endline.'), "\n")')
 	" Catch extends
 	if content =~? 'extends'
 		let extends_string = matchstr(content, '\(class\|interface\)\_s\+'.a:class_name.'\_.\+extends\_s\+\zs\('.class_name_pattern.'\(,\|\_s\)*\)\+\ze\(extends\|{\)')
@@ -2117,14 +2103,16 @@ function! phpcomplete#GetClassContentsStructure(file_path, file_lines, class_nam
 	else
 		let implemented_interfaces = []
 	endif
-	call searchpair('{', '', '}', 'W')
-	let class_closing_bracket_line = line('.')
+
+	call win_execute(popup_id, 'let [class_closing_bracket_line, class_closing_bracket_col] = searchpairpos("{", "", "}", "W")')
 
 	" Include class docblock
 	let doc_line = cfline - 1
-	if getline(doc_line) =~? '^\s*\*/'
+	call win_execute(popup_id, 'let l = getline('.doc_line.')')
+	if l =~? '^\s*\*/'
 		while doc_line != 0
-			if getline(doc_line) =~? '^\s*/\*\*'
+			call win_execute(popup_id, 'let l = getline('.doc_line.')')
+			if l =~? '^\s*/\*\*'
 				let cfline = doc_line
 				break
 			endif
@@ -2132,22 +2120,22 @@ function! phpcomplete#GetClassContentsStructure(file_path, file_lines, class_nam
 		endwhile
 	endif
 
-	let classcontent = join(getline(cfline, class_closing_bracket_line), "\n")
+	call win_execute(popup_id, 'let classcontent = join(getline('.cfline.', '.class_closing_bracket_line.'), "\n")')
 
 	let used_traits = []
 	" move back to the line next to the class's definition
-	call cursor(endline + 1, 1)
+	call win_execute(popup_id, 'call cursor('.(endline + 1).', 1)')
 	let keep_searching = 1
 	while keep_searching != 0
 		" try to grab "use..." keywords
-		let [lnum, col] = searchpos('\c^\s\+use\s\+'.class_name_pattern, 'cW', class_closing_bracket_line)
-		let syn_name = synIDattr(synID(lnum, col, 0), "name")
+		call win_execute(popup_id, 'let [lnum, col] = searchpos(''\c^\s\+use\s\+'.class_name_pattern.''', "cW", '.class_closing_bracket_line.')')
+		call win_execute(popup_id, 'let syn_name = synIDattr(synID('.lnum.', '.col.', 0), "name")')
 		if syn_name =~? 'string\|comment'
-			call cursor(lnum + 1, 1)
+			call win_execute(popup_id, 'call cursor('.(lnum + 1).', 1)')
 			continue
 		endif
 
-		let trait_line = getline(lnum)
+		call win_execute(popup_id, 'let trait_line = getline('.lnum.')')
 		if trait_line !~? ';'
 			" try to find the next line containing ';'
 			let l = lnum
@@ -2157,25 +2145,23 @@ function! phpcomplete#GetClassContentsStructure(file_path, file_lines, class_nam
 			while search_line !~? ';' && l > 0
 				" file lines are reversed so we need to go backwards
 				let l += 1
-				let search_line = getline(l)
+				call win_execute(popup_id, 'let search_line = getline('.l.')')
 				let trait_line .= ' '.substitute(search_line, '\(^\s\+\|\s\+$\)', '', 'g')
 			endwhile
 		endif
 		let use_expression = matchstr(trait_line, '^\s*use\s\+\zs.\{-}\ze;')
 		let use_parts = map(split(use_expression, '\s*,\s*'), 'substitute(v:val, "\\s+", " ", "g")')
 		let used_traits += map(use_parts, 'substitute(v:val, "\\s", "", "g")')
-		call cursor(lnum + 1, 1)
+		call win_execute(popup_id, 'call cursor('.(lnum + 1).', 1)')
 
 		if [lnum, col] == [0, 0]
 			let keep_searching = 0
 		endif
 	endwhile
 
-	silent! bw! %
+	call popup_close(popup_id)
 
 	let [current_namespace, imports] = phpcomplete#GetCurrentNameSpace(a:file_lines[0:cfline])
-	" go back to original window
-	exe phpcomplete_original_window.'wincmd w'
 	call add(result, {
 				\ 'class': a:class_name,
 				\ 'content': classcontent,
@@ -2532,40 +2518,37 @@ function! phpcomplete#FormatDocBlock(info) " {{{
 	endif
 
 	return res
-endfunction!
+endfunction
 " }}}
 
 function! phpcomplete#GetCurrentNameSpace(file_lines) " {{{
-	let original_window = winnr()
-
-	silent! below 1new
-	silent! 0put =a:file_lines
-	normal! G
+	let popup_id = popup_create(a:file_lines, {'hidden': v:true})
+	call win_execute(popup_id, 'normal! G')
 
 	" clear out classes, functions and other blocks
 	while 1
-		let block_start_pos = searchpos('\c\(class\|trait\|function\|interface\)\s\+\_.\{-}\zs{', 'Web')
+		call win_execute(popup_id, 'let block_start_pos = searchpos(''\c\(class\|trait\|function\|interface\)\s\+\_.\{-}\zs{'', "Web")')
 		if block_start_pos == [0, 0]
 			break
 		endif
-		let block_end_pos = searchpairpos('{', '', '}\|\%$', 'W', 'synIDattr(synID(line("."), col("."), 0), "name") =~? "string\\|comment"')
+		call win_execute(popup_id, 'let block_end_pos = searchpairpos("{", "", ''}\|\%$'', "W", ''synIDattr(synID(line("."), col("."), 0), "name") =~? "string\\|comment"'')')
 
+		let popup_lines = winbufnr(popup_id)->getbufline(1, '$')
 		if block_end_pos != [0, 0]
 			" end of the block found, just delete it
-			silent! exec block_start_pos[0].','.block_end_pos[0].'d _'
+			call remove(popup_lines, block_start_pos[0] - 1, block_end_pos[0] - 1)
 		else
 			" block pair not found, use block start as beginning and the end
 			" of the buffer instead
-			silent! exec block_start_pos[0].',$d _'
+			call remove(popup_lines, block_start_pos[0] - 1, -1)
 		endif
+		call popup_settext(popup_id, popup_lines)
 	endwhile
-	normal! G
+	call win_execute(popup_id, 'normal! G', 'silent!')
 
 	" grab the remains
-	let file_lines = reverse(getline(1, line('.') - 1))
-
-	silent! bw! %
-	exe original_window.'wincmd w'
+	call win_execute(popup_id, "let file_lines = reverse(getline(1, line('.')-1))")
+	call popup_close(popup_id)
 
 	let namespace_name_pattern = '[a-zA-Z_\x7f-\xff\\][a-zA-Z_0-9\x7f-\xff\\]*'
 	let i = 0

runtime/autoload/tar.vim

@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ fun! tar#Browse(tarfile)
 "   call Decho("1: exe silent r! gzip -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - ")
    exe "sil! r! gzip -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
 
-  elseif tarfile =~# '\.\(tgz\)$' || tarfile =~# '\.\(tbz\)$' || tarfile =~# '\.\(txz\)$'
+  elseif tarfile =~# '\.\(tgz\)$' || tarfile =~# '\.\(tbz\)$' || tarfile =~# '\.\(txz\)$' || tarfile =~# '\.\(tzs\)$'
    if has("unix") && executable("file")
     let filekind= system("file ".shellescape(tarfile,1)) =~ "bzip2"
    else
@@ -174,6 +174,8 @@ fun! tar#Browse(tarfile)
     exe "sil! r! bzip2 -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
    elseif filekind =~ "XZ"
     exe "sil! r! xz -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
+   elseif filekind =~ "Zstandard"
+    exe "sil! r! zstd --decompress --stdout -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
    else
     exe "sil! r! gzip -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
    endif
@@ -190,6 +192,8 @@ fun! tar#Browse(tarfile)
   elseif tarfile =~# '\.\(xz\|txz\)$'
 "   call Decho("3: exe silent r! xz --decompress --stdout -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - ")
    exe "sil! r! xz --decompress --stdout -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
+  elseif tarfile =~# '\.\(zst\|tzs\)$'
+   exe "sil! r! zstd --decompress --stdout -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
   else
    if tarfile =~ '^\s*-'
     " A file name starting with a dash is taken as an option.  Prepend ./ to avoid that.
@@ -302,6 +306,9 @@ fun! tar#Read(fname,mode)
   elseif  fname =~ '\.xz$' && executable("xzcat")
    let decmp= "|xzcat"
    let doro = 1
+  elseif  fname =~ '\.zst$' && executable("zstdcat")
+   let decmp= "|zstdcat"
+   let doro = 1
   else
    let decmp=""
    let doro = 0
@@ -331,6 +338,8 @@ fun! tar#Read(fname,mode)
     exe "sil! r! bzip2 -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
    elseif filekind =~ "XZ"
     exe "sil! r! xz -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
+   elseif filekind =~ "Zstandard"
+    exe "sil! r! zstd --decompress --stdout -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
    else
     exe "sil! r! gzip -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
    endif
@@ -452,6 +461,10 @@ fun! tar#Write(fname)
    let tarfile = substitute(tarfile,'\.xz','','e')
    let compress= "xz -- ".shellescape(tarfile,0)
 "   call Decho("compress<".compress.">")
+  elseif tarfile =~# '\.zst'
+   call system("zstd --decompress -- ".shellescape(tarfile,0))
+   let tarfile = substitute(tarfile,'\.zst','','e')
+   let compress= "zstd -- ".shellescape(tarfile,0)
   elseif tarfile =~# '\.lzma'
    call system("lzma -d -- ".shellescape(tarfile,0))
    let tarfile = substitute(tarfile,'\.lzma','','e')
@@ -676,6 +689,28 @@ fun! tar#Extract()
    else
     echo "***note*** successfully extracted ".fname
    endif
+
+  elseif filereadable(tarbase.".tzs")
+   let extractcmd= substitute(extractcmd,"-","--zstd","")
+"   call Decho("system(".extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarbase).".tzs ".shellescape(fname).")")
+   call system(extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarbase).".txz ".shellescape(fname))
+   if v:shell_error != 0
+    echohl Error | echo "***error*** ".extractcmd." ".tarbase.".tzs ".fname.": failed!" | echohl NONE
+"    call Decho("***error*** ".extractcmd." ".tarbase.".tzs ".fname.": failed!")
+   else
+    echo "***note*** successfully extracted ".fname
+   endif
+
+  elseif filereadable(tarbase.".tar.zst")
+   let extractcmd= substitute(extractcmd,"-","--zstd","")
+"   call Decho("system(".extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarbase).".tar.zst ".shellescape(fname).")")
+   call system(extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarbase).".tar.xz ".shellescape(fname))
+   if v:shell_error != 0
+    echohl Error | echo "***error*** ".extractcmd." ".tarbase.".tar.zst ".fname.": failed!" | echohl NONE
+"    call Decho("***error*** ".extractcmd." ".tarbase.".tar.zst ".fname.": failed!")
+   else
+    echo "***note*** successfully extracted ".fname
+   endif
   endif
 
   " restore option

runtime/compiler/fbc.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler:	FreeBASIC Compiler
+" Maintainer:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:	2015 Jan 10
+
+if exists("current_compiler")
+  finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = "fbc"
+
+if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+CompilerSet makeprg=fbc
+CompilerSet errorformat=%-G%.%#Too\ many\ errors\\,\ exiting,
+		       \%f(%l)\ %tarning\ %n(%\\d%\\+):\ %m,
+                       \%E%f(%l)\ error\ %n:\ %m,
+		       \%-Z%p^,
+		       \%-C%.%#,
+		       \%-G%.%#
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save

runtime/compiler/ocaml.vim

@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 " Vim Compiler File
 " Compiler:    ocaml
 " Maintainer:  Markus Mottl <markus.mottl@gmail.com>
-" URL:         https://github.com/rgrinberg/vim-ocaml
+" URL:         https://github.com/ocaml/vim-ocaml
 " Last Change:
+"              2020 Mar 28 - Improved error format (Thomas Leonard)
 "              2017 Nov 26 - Improved error format (Markus Mottl)
 "              2013 Aug 27 - Added a new OCaml error format (Markus Mottl)
-"              2013 Jun 30 - Initial version (Marc Weber)
 "
 " Marc Weber's comments:
 " Setting makeprg doesn't make sense, because there is ocamlc, ocamlopt,
@@ -21,6 +21,7 @@
 "
 " So having it here makes people opt-in
 
+
 if exists("current_compiler")
     finish
 endif
@@ -30,6 +31,7 @@ let s:cpo_save = &cpo
 set cpo&vim
 
 CompilerSet errorformat =
+      \%EFile\ \"%f\"\\,\ lines\ %*\\d-%l\\,\ characters\ %c-%*\\d:,
       \%EFile\ \"%f\"\\,\ line\ %l\\,\ characters\ %c-%*\\d:,
       \%EFile\ \"%f\"\\,\ line\ %l\\,\ characters\ %c-%*\\d\ %.%#,
       \%EFile\ \"%f\"\\,\ line\ %l\\,\ character\ %c:%m,

runtime/compiler/tidy.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim compiler file
 " Compiler:	HTML Tidy
 " Maintainer:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
-" Last Change:	2016 Apr 21
+" Last Change:	2020 Sep 4
 
 if exists("current_compiler")
   finish
@@ -12,8 +12,15 @@ if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
   command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
 endif
 
-CompilerSet makeprg=tidy\ -quiet\ -errors\ --gnu-emacs\ yes\ %:S
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
 
-" foo.html:8:1: Warning: inserting missing 'foobar' element
-" foo.html:9:2: Error: <foobar> is not recognized!
-CompilerSet errorformat=%f:%l:%c:\ %trror:%m,%f:%l:%c:\ %tarning:%m,%-G%.%#
+CompilerSet makeprg=tidy\ -quiet\ -errors\ --gnu-emacs\ yes
+CompilerSet errorformat=%f:%l:%c:\ %trror:\ %m,
+		       \%f:%l:%c:\ %tarning:\ %m,
+		       \%f:%l:%c:\ %tnfo:\ %m,
+		       \%f:%l:%c:\ %m,
+		       \%-G%.%#
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save

runtime/compiler/zsh.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler:	Zsh
+" Maintainer:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:	2020 Sep 6
+
+if exists("current_compiler")
+  finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = "zsh"
+
+if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+CompilerSet makeprg=zsh\ -n\ --\ %:S
+CompilerSet errorformat=%f:\ line\ %l:\ %m,
+		       \%-G%.%#
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save

runtime/doc/autocmd.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Oct 26
+*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Jan 28
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -54,7 +54,8 @@ effects.  Be careful not to destroy your text.
 :au[tocmd] [group] {event} {pat} [++once] [++nested] {cmd}
 			Add {cmd} to the list of commands that Vim will
 			execute automatically on {event} for a file matching
-			{pat} |autocmd-patterns|.
+			{pat} |autocmd-patterns|. 
+			Here {event} cannot be "*".  *E1155*
 			Note: A quote character is seen as argument to the
 			:autocmd and won't start a comment.
 			Vim always adds the {cmd} after existing autocommands,
@@ -70,6 +71,11 @@ effects.  Be careful not to destroy your text.
 The special pattern <buffer> or <buffer=N> defines a buffer-local autocommand.
 See |autocmd-buflocal|.
 
+If the `:autocmd` is in Vim9 script (a script that starts with `:vim9script`
+and in a `:def` function) then {cmd} will be executed as in Vim9
+script.  Thus this depends on where the autocmd is defined, not where it is
+triggered.
+
 Note: The ":autocmd" command can only be followed by another command when the
 '|' appears before {cmd}.  This works: >
 	:augroup mine | au! BufRead | augroup END
@@ -301,6 +307,9 @@ Name			triggered by ~
 |VimLeavePre|		before exiting Vim, before writing the viminfo file
 |VimLeave|		before exiting Vim, after writing the viminfo file
 
+|VimSuspend|		when suspending Vim
+|VimResume|		when Vim is resumed after being suspended
+
 	Terminal
 |TerminalOpen|		after a terminal buffer was created
 |TerminalWinOpen|	after a terminal buffer was created in a new window
@@ -843,6 +852,8 @@ FuncUndefined			When a user function is used but it isn't
 				when it's used.  The pattern is matched
 				against the function name.  Both <amatch> and
 				<afile> are set to the name of the function.
+				Not triggered when compiling a |Vim9|
+				function.
 				NOTE: When writing Vim scripts a better
 				alternative is to use an autoloaded function.
 				See |autoload-functions|.
@@ -1210,6 +1221,7 @@ VimLeave			Before exiting Vim, just after writing the
 				To detect an abnormal exit use |v:dying|.
 				When v:dying is 2 or more this event is not
 				triggered.
+				To get the exit code use |v:exiting|.
 							*VimLeavePre*
 VimLeavePre			Before exiting Vim, just before writing the
 				.viminfo file.  This is executed only once,
@@ -1220,10 +1232,22 @@ VimLeavePre			Before exiting Vim, just before writing the
 <				To detect an abnormal exit use |v:dying|.
 				When v:dying is 2 or more this event is not
 				triggered.
+				To get the exit code use |v:exiting|.
 							*VimResized*
 VimResized			After the Vim window was resized, thus 'lines'
 				and/or 'columns' changed.  Not when starting
 				up though.
+							*VimResume*
+VimResume			When the Vim instance is resumed after being
+				suspended and |VimSuspend| was triggered.
+				Useful for triggering |:checktime| and ensure
+				the buffers content did not change while Vim
+				was suspended: >
+	:autocmd VimResume * checktime
+<							*VimSuspend*
+VimSuspend			When the Vim instance is suspended.  Only when
+				CTRL-Z was typed inside Vim, not when the
+				SIGSTOP or SIGTSTP signal was sent to Vim.
 							*WinEnter*
 WinEnter			After entering another window.  Not done for
 				the first window, when Vim has just started.

runtime/doc/change.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*change.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Nov 03
+*change.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Jan 21
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -1631,24 +1631,31 @@ default setting is "tcq".  You can separate the option letters with commas for
 readability.
 
 letter	 meaning when present in 'formatoptions'    ~
-
+							*fo-t*
 t	Auto-wrap text using textwidth
+							*fo-c*
 c	Auto-wrap comments using textwidth, inserting the current comment
 	leader automatically.
+							*fo-r*
 r	Automatically insert the current comment leader after hitting
 	<Enter> in Insert mode.
+							*fo-o*
 o	Automatically insert the current comment leader after hitting 'o' or
 	'O' in Normal mode.
+							*fo-q*
 q	Allow formatting of comments with "gq".
 	Note that formatting will not change blank lines or lines containing
 	only the comment leader.  A new paragraph starts after such a line,
 	or when the comment leader changes.
+							*fo-w*
 w	Trailing white space indicates a paragraph continues in the next line.
 	A line that ends in a non-white character ends a paragraph.
+							*fo-a*
 a	Automatic formatting of paragraphs.  Every time text is inserted or
 	deleted the paragraph will be reformatted.  See |auto-format|.
 	When the 'c' flag is present this only happens for recognized
 	comments.
+							*fo-n*
 n	When formatting text, recognize numbered lists.  This actually uses
 	the 'formatlistpat' option, thus any kind of list can be used.  The
 	indent of the text after the number is used for the next line.  The
@@ -1659,6 +1666,7 @@ n	When formatting text, recognize numbered lists.  This actually uses
 		1. the first item
 		   wraps
 		2. the second item
+<							*fo-2*
 2	When formatting text, use the indent of the second line of a paragraph
 	for the rest of the paragraph, instead of the indent of the first
 	line.  This supports paragraphs in which the first line has a
@@ -1668,36 +1676,46 @@ n	When formatting text, recognize numbered lists.  This actually uses
 		second line of the same paragraph
 		third line.
 <	This also works inside comments, ignoring the comment leader.
+							*fo-v*
 v	Vi-compatible auto-wrapping in insert mode: Only break a line at a
 	blank that you have entered during the current insert command.  (Note:
 	this is not 100% Vi compatible.  Vi has some "unexpected features" or
 	bugs in this area.  It uses the screen column instead of the line
 	column.)
+							*fo-b*
 b	Like 'v', but only auto-wrap if you enter a blank at or before
 	the wrap margin.  If the line was longer than 'textwidth' when you
 	started the insert, or you do not enter a blank in the insert before
 	reaching 'textwidth', Vim does not perform auto-wrapping.
+							*fo-l*
 l	Long lines are not broken in insert mode: When a line was longer than
 	'textwidth' when the insert command started, Vim does not
 	automatically format it.
+							*fo-m*
 m	Also break at a multibyte character above 255.  This is useful for
 	Asian text where every character is a word on its own.
+							*fo-M*
 M	When joining lines, don't insert a space before or after a multibyte
 	character.  Overrules the 'B' flag.
+							*fo-B*
 B	When joining lines, don't insert a space between two multibyte
 	characters.  Overruled by the 'M' flag.
+							*fo-1*
 1	Don't break a line after a one-letter word.  It's broken before it
 	instead (if possible).
+							*fo-]*
 ]	Respect textwidth rigorously. With this flag set, no line can be
 	longer than textwidth, unless line-break-prohibition rules make this
 	impossible.  Mainly for CJK scripts and works only if 'encoding' is
 	"utf-8".
+							*fo-j*
 j	Where it makes sense, remove a comment leader when joining lines.  For
 	example, joining:
 		int i;   // the index ~
 		         // in the list ~
 	Becomes:
 		int i;   // the index in the list ~
+							*fo-p*
 p	Don't break lines at single spaces that follow periods.  This is
 	intended to complement 'joinspaces' and |cpo-J|, for prose with
 	sentences separated by two spaces.  For example, with 'textwidth' set
@@ -1852,6 +1870,8 @@ found here: |sort()|, |uniq()|.
 			When /{pattern}/ is specified and there is no [r] flag
 			the text matched with {pattern} is skipped, so that
 			you sort on what comes after the match.
+			'ignorecase' applies to the pattern, but 'smartcase'
+			is not used.
 			Instead of the slash any non-letter can be used.
 			For example, to sort on the second comma-separated
 			field: >

runtime/doc/cmdline.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*cmdline.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Sep 14
+*cmdline.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Jan 26
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -849,6 +849,16 @@ function |expand()|.
 		file name n.  See |:oldfiles| or |v:oldfiles| to get the
 		number.							*E809*
 		{only when compiled with the |+eval| and |+viminfo| features}
+In |Vim9-script| # is used to start a comment, use %% for the alternate file
+name:
+	%	Is replaced with the current file name.
+	%%	Is replaced with the alternate file name.	*:_%%* *c_%%*
+	%%n	(where n is a number) is replaced with		*:_%%0* *:_%%n*
+		the file name of buffer n.  "%%0" is the same as "%%".   *c_%%n*
+	%%%	Is replaced with all names in the argument	*:_%%%* *c_%%%#*
+		list concatenated, separated by spaces.
+	%%<n	(where n is a number > 0) is replaced with old  *:_%%<* *c_%%<*
+		file name n.
 
 Note that these, except "#<n", give the file name as it was typed.  If an
 absolute path is needed (when using the file name from a different directory),
@@ -1086,7 +1096,7 @@ Also see |`=|.
 In the command-line window the command line can be edited just like editing
 text in any window.  It is a special kind of window, because you cannot leave
 it in a normal way.
-{not available when compiled without the |+cmdline_hist| feature}
+{not available when compiled without the |+cmdwin| feature}
 
 
 OPEN						*c_CTRL-F* *q:* *q/* *q?*

runtime/doc/diff.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*diff.txt*      For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Nov 10
+*diff.txt*      For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Feb 10
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ In each of the edited files these options are set:
 	'scrollbind'	on
 	'cursorbind'	on
 	'scrollopt'	includes "hor"
-	'wrap'		off
+	'wrap'		off, or leave as-is if 'diffopt' includes "followwrap"
 	'foldmethod'	"diff"
 	'foldcolumn'	value from 'diffopt', default is 2
 
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ Otherwise they are set to their default value:
 	'scrollbind'	off
 	'cursorbind'	off
 	'scrollopt'	without "hor"
-	'wrap'		on
+	'wrap'		on, or leave as-is if 'diffopt' includes "followwrap"
 	'foldmethod'	"manual"
 	'foldcolumn'	0
 

runtime/doc/editing.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*editing.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Oct 23
+*editing.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Jan 08
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -1014,7 +1014,7 @@ to write anyway add a '!' to the command.
 
 							*write-permissions*
 When writing a new file the permissions are read-write.  For unix the mask is
-0666 with additionally umask applied.  When writing a file that was read Vim
+0o666 with additionally umask applied.  When writing a file that was read Vim
 will preserve the permissions, but clear the s-bit.
 
 							*write-readonly*
@@ -1033,7 +1033,7 @@ original file fails, there will be an error message telling you that you
 lost the original file.
 
 						*DOS-format-write*
-If the 'fileformat' is "dos", <CR> <NL> is used for <EOL>.  This is default
+If the 'fileformat' is "dos", <CR><NL> is used for <EOL>.  This is default
 for Win32.  On other systems the message "[dos format]" is shown to remind you
 that an unusual <EOL> was used.
 						*Unix-format-write*
@@ -1419,8 +1419,8 @@ There are a few things to remember when editing binary files:
   the file.  It is also possible that you get an "out of memory" error when
   reading the file.
 - Make sure the 'binary' option is set BEFORE loading the
-  file.  Otherwise both <CR> <NL> and <NL> are considered to end a line
-  and when the file is written the <NL> will be replaced with <CR> <NL>.
+  file.  Otherwise both <CR><NL> and <NL> are considered to end a line
+  and when the file is written the <NL> will be replaced with <CR><NL>.
 - <Nul> characters are shown on the screen as ^@.  You can enter them with
   "CTRL-V CTRL-@" or "CTRL-V 000"
 - To insert a <NL> character in the file split a line.  When writing the

runtime/doc/eval.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*eval.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Nov 04
+*eval.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Feb 10
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ There are ten types of variables:
 							*Number* *Integer*
 Number		A 32 or 64 bit signed number.  |expr-number|
 		The number of bits is available in |v:numbersize|.
-		Examples:  -123  0x10  0177  0b1011
+		Examples:  -123  0x10  0177  0o177 0b1011
 
 Float		A floating point number. |floating-point-format| *Float*
 		{only when compiled with the |+float| feature}
@@ -97,9 +97,10 @@ the Number.  Examples:
 Conversion from a String to a Number only happens in legacy Vim script, not in
 Vim9 script.  It is done by converting the first digits to a number.
 Hexadecimal "0xf9", Octal "017" or "0o17", and Binary "0b10"
-numbers are recognized (NOTE: when using |scriptversion-4| octal with a
-leading "0" is not recognized).  If the String doesn't start with digits, the
-result is zero.
+numbers are recognized
+NOTE: when using |scriptversion-4| octal with a leading "0" is not recognized.
+The 0o notation requires patch 8.2.0886.
+If the String doesn't start with digits, the result is zero.
 Examples:
 	String "456"	-->	Number 456 ~
 	String "6bar"	-->	Number 6 ~
@@ -292,13 +293,13 @@ is not available it returns zero or the default value you specify: >
 
 
 List concatenation ~
-
+							*list-concatenation*
 Two lists can be concatenated with the "+" operator: >
 	:let longlist = mylist + [5, 6]
 	:let mylist += [7, 8]
 
-To prepend or append an item turn the item into a list by putting [] around
-it.  To change a list in-place see |list-modification| below.
+To prepend or append an item, turn the item into a list by putting [] around
+it.  To change a list in-place, refer to |list-modification| below.
 
 
 Sublist ~
@@ -313,6 +314,9 @@ similar to -1. >
 	:let shortlist = mylist[2:2]	" List with one item: [3]
 	:let otherlist = mylist[:]	" make a copy of the List
 
+Notice that the last index is inclusive.  If you prefer using an exclusive
+index use the |slice()| method.
+
 If the first index is beyond the last item of the List or the second item is
 before the first item, the result is an empty list.  There is no error
 message.
@@ -1150,7 +1154,7 @@ expr7							*expr7*
 
 For '!' |TRUE| becomes |FALSE|, |FALSE| becomes |TRUE| (one).
 For '-' the sign of the number is changed.
-For '+' the number is unchanged.
+For '+' the number is unchanged.  Note: "++" has no effect.
 
 A String will be converted to a Number first.
 
@@ -1191,6 +1195,7 @@ start with one!
 If the length of the String is less than the index, the result is an empty
 String.  A negative index always results in an empty string (reason: backward
 compatibility).  Use [-1:] to get the last byte or character.
+In Vim9 script a negative index is used like with a list: count from the end.
 
 If expr8 is a |List| then it results the item at index expr1.  See |list-index|
 for possible index values.  If the index is out of range this results in an
@@ -1215,6 +1220,9 @@ a Number it is first converted to a String.
 In Vim9 script the indexes are character indexes.  To use byte indexes use
 |strpart()|.
 
+The item at index expr1b is included, it is inclusive.  For an exclusive index
+use the |slice()| function.
+
 If expr1a is omitted zero is used.  If expr1b is omitted the length of the
 string minus one is used.
 
@@ -1318,8 +1326,8 @@ When using the lambda form there must be no white space between the } and the
 number
 ------
 number			number constant			*expr-number*
-				*hex-number* *octal-number* *binary-number*
 
+			*0x* *hex-number* *0o* *octal-number* *binary-number*
 Decimal, Hexadecimal (starting with 0x or 0X), Binary (starting with 0b or 0B)
 and Octal (starting with 0, 0o or 0O).
 
@@ -1572,7 +1580,7 @@ Note how execute() is used to execute an Ex command.  That's ugly though.
 
 Lambda expressions have internal names like '<lambda>42'.  If you get an error
 for a lambda expression, you can find what it is with the following command: >
-	:function {'<lambda>42'}
+	:function <lambda>42
 See also: |numbered-function|
 
 ==============================================================================
@@ -1850,6 +1858,13 @@ v:dying		Normally zero.  When a deadly signal is caught it's set to
 <		Note: if another deadly signal is caught when v:dying is one,
 		VimLeave autocommands will not be executed.
 
+					*v:exiting* *exiting-variable*
+v:exiting	Vim exit code.  Normally zero, non-zero when something went
+		wrong.  The value is v:null before invoking the |VimLeavePre|
+		and |VimLeave| autocmds.  See |:q|, |:x| and |:cquit|.
+		Example: >
+			:au VimLeave * echo "Exit value is " .. v:exiting
+<
 					*v:echospace* *echospace-variable*
 v:echospace	Number of screen cells that can be used for an `:echo` message
 		in the last screen line before causing the |hit-enter-prompt|.
@@ -2067,6 +2082,12 @@ v:null		An empty String. Used to put "null" in JSON.  See
 		That is so that eval() can parse the string back to the same
 		value.  Read-only.
 
+					*v:numbermax* *numbermax-variable*
+v:numbermax	Maximum value of a number.
+
+					*v:numbermin* *numbermin-variable*
+v:numbermin	Minimum value of a number (negative)
+
 					*v:numbersize* *numbersize-variable*
 v:numbersize	Number of bits in a Number.  This is normally 64, but on some
 		systems it may be 32.
@@ -2468,10 +2489,13 @@ ch_status({handle} [, {options}])
 changenr()			Number	current change number
 char2nr({expr} [, {utf8}])	Number	ASCII/UTF8 value of first char in {expr}
 charclass({string})		Number	character class of {string}
+charcol({expr})			Number	column number of cursor or mark
+charidx({string}, {idx} [, {countcc}])
+				Number  char index of byte {idx} in {string}
 chdir({dir})			String	change current working directory
 cindent({lnum})			Number	C indent for line {lnum}
 clearmatches([{win}])		none	clear all matches
-col({expr})			Number	column nr of cursor or mark
+col({expr})			Number	column byte index of cursor or mark
 complete({startcol}, {matches}) none	set Insert mode completion
 complete_add({expr})		Number	add completion match
 complete_check()		Number	check for key typed during completion
@@ -2512,6 +2536,9 @@ expand({expr} [, {nosuf} [, {list}]])
 expandcmd({expr})		String	expand {expr} like with `:edit`
 extend({expr1}, {expr2} [, {expr3}])
 				List/Dict insert items of {expr2} into {expr1}
+extendnew({expr1}, {expr2} [, {expr3}])
+				List/Dict like |extend()| but creates a new
+					List or Dictionary
 feedkeys({string} [, {mode}])	Number	add key sequence to typeahead buffer
 filereadable({file})		Number	|TRUE| if {file} is a readable file
 filewritable({file})		Number	|TRUE| if {file} is a writable file
@@ -2522,6 +2549,8 @@ finddir({name} [, {path} [, {count}]])
 findfile({name} [, {path} [, {count}]])
 				String	find file {name} in {path}
 flatten({list} [, {maxdepth}])	List	flatten {list} up to {maxdepth} levels
+flattennew({list} [, {maxdepth}])
+				List	flatten a copy of {list}
 float2nr({expr})		Number	convert Float {expr} to a Number
 floor({expr})			Float	round {expr} down
 fmod({expr1}, {expr2})		Float	remainder of {expr1} / {expr2}
@@ -2533,6 +2562,7 @@ foldlevel({lnum})		Number	fold level at {lnum}
 foldtext()			String	line displayed for closed fold
 foldtextresult({lnum})		String	text for closed fold at {lnum}
 foreground()			Number	bring the Vim window to the foreground
+fullcommand({name})		String	get full command from {name}
 funcref({name} [, {arglist}] [, {dict}])
 				Funcref	reference to function {name}
 function({name} [, {arglist}] [, {dict}])
@@ -2549,6 +2579,7 @@ getbufvar({expr}, {varname} [, {def}])
 getchangelist([{expr}])		List	list of change list items
 getchar([expr])			Number	get one character from the user
 getcharmod()			Number	modifiers for the last typed character
+getcharpos({expr})		List	position of cursor, mark, etc.
 getcharsearch()			Dict	last character search
 getcmdline()			String	return the current command-line
 getcmdpos()			Number	return cursor position in command-line
@@ -2557,6 +2588,7 @@ getcmdwintype()			String	return current command-line window type
 getcompletion({pat}, {type} [, {filtered}])
 				List	list of cmdline completion matches
 getcurpos([{winnr}])		List	position of the cursor
+getcursorcharpos([{winnr}])	List	character position of the cursor
 getcwd([{winnr} [, {tabnr}]])	String	get the current working directory
 getenv({name})			String	return environment variable
 getfontname([{name}])		String	name of font being used
@@ -2758,6 +2790,7 @@ pyxeval({expr})			any	evaluate |python_x| expression
 rand([{expr}])			Number	get pseudo-random number
 range({expr} [, {max} [, {stride}]])
 				List	items from {expr} to {max}
+readblob({fname})		Blob	read a |Blob| from {fname}
 readdir({dir} [, {expr} [, {dict}]])
 				List	file names in {dir} selected by {expr}
 readdirex({dir} [, {expr} [, {dict}]])
@@ -2819,8 +2852,10 @@ setbufline({expr}, {lnum}, {text})
 setbufvar({expr}, {varname}, {val})
 				none	set {varname} in buffer {expr} to {val}
 setcellwidths({list})		none	set character cell width overrides
+setcharpos({expr}, {list})	Number	set the {expr} position to {list}
 setcharsearch({dict})		Dict	set character search from {dict}
 setcmdpos({pos})		Number	set cursor position in command-line
+setcursorcharpos({list})	Number	move cursor to position in {list}
 setenv({name}, {val})		none	set environment variable
 setfperm({fname}, {mode})	Number	set {fname} file permissions to {mode}
 setline({lnum}, {line})		Number	set line {lnum} to {line}
@@ -2864,6 +2899,8 @@ sign_unplacelist({list})	List	unplace a list of signs
 simplify({filename})		String	simplify filename as much as possible
 sin({expr})			Float	sine of {expr}
 sinh({expr})			Float	hyperbolic sine of {expr}
+slice({expr}, {start} [, {end}])  String, List or Blob
+					slice of a String, List or Blob
 sort({list} [, {func} [, {dict}]])
 				List	sort {list}, using {func} to compare
 sound_clear()			none	stop playing all sounds
@@ -2997,7 +3034,8 @@ tr({src}, {fromstr}, {tostr})	String	translate chars of {src} in {fromstr}
 trim({text} [, {mask} [, {dir}]])
 				String	trim characters in {mask} from {text}
 trunc({expr})			Float	truncate Float {expr}
-type({name})			Number	type of variable {name}
+type({expr})			Number	type of value {expr}
+typename({expr})		String	representation of the type of {expr}
 undofile({name})		String	undo file name for {name}
 undotree()			List	undo file tree
 uniq({list} [, {func} [, {dict}]])
@@ -3098,6 +3136,7 @@ append({lnum}, {text})					*append()*
 		text line below line {lnum} in the current buffer.
 		Otherwise append {text} as one text line below line {lnum} in
 		the current buffer.
+		Any type of item is accepted and converted to a String.
 		{lnum} can be zero to insert a line before the first one.
 		Returns 1 for failure ({lnum} out of range or out of memory),
 		0 for success.  Example: >
@@ -3473,8 +3512,8 @@ byteidx({expr}, {nr})					*byteidx()*
 		Return byte index of the {nr}'th character in the string
 		{expr}.  Use zero for the first character, it then returns
 		zero.
-		This function is only useful when there are multibyte
-		characters, otherwise the returned value is equal to {nr}.
+		If there are no multibyte characters the returned value is
+		equal to {nr}.
 		Composing characters are not counted separately, their byte
 		length is added to the preceding base character.  See
 		|byteidxcomp()| below for counting composing characters
@@ -3504,8 +3543,8 @@ byteidxcomp({expr}, {nr})					*byteidxcomp()*
 <		The first and third echo result in 3 ('e' plus composing
 		character is 3 bytes), the second echo results in 1 ('e' is
 		one byte).
-		Only works differently from byteidx() when 'encoding' is set to
-		a Unicode encoding.
+		Only works differently from byteidx() when 'encoding' is set
+		to a Unicode encoding.
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetName()->byteidxcomp(idx)
@@ -3581,6 +3620,43 @@ charclass({string})					*charclass()*
 			other	specific Unicode class
 		The class is used in patterns and word motions.
 
+							*charcol()*
+charcol({expr})	Same as |col()| but returns the character index of the column
+		position given with {expr} instead of the byte position.
+
+		Example:
+		With the cursor on '세' in line 5 with text "여보세요": >
+			charcol('.')		returns 3
+			col('.')		returns 7
+
+<		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetPos()->col()
+<
+							*charidx()*
+charidx({string}, {idx} [, {countcc}])
+		Return the character index of the byte at {idx} in {string}.
+		The index of the first character is zero.
+		If there are no multibyte characters the returned value is
+		equal to {idx}.
+		When {countcc} is omitted or zero, then composing characters
+		are not counted separately, their byte length is added to the
+		preceding base character.
+		When {countcc} is set to 1, then composing characters are
+		counted as separate characters.
+		Returns -1 if the arguments are invalid or if {idx} is greater
+		than the index of the last byte in {string}.  An error is
+		given if the first argument is not a string, the second
+		argument is not a number or when the third argument is present
+		and is not zero or one.
+		See |byteidx()| and |byteidxcomp()| for getting the byte index
+		from the character index.
+		Examples: >
+			echo charidx('áb́ć', 3)		returns 1
+			echo charidx('áb́ć', 6, 1)	returns 4
+			echo charidx('áb́ć', 16)		returns -1
+<
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetName()->charidx(idx)
 
 chdir({dir})						*chdir()*
 		Change the current working directory to {dir}.  The scope of
@@ -3646,7 +3722,8 @@ col({expr})	The result is a Number, which is the byte index of the column
 		out of range then col() returns zero.
 		To get the line number use |line()|.  To get both use
 		|getpos()|.
-		For the screen column position use |virtcol()|.
+		For the screen column position use |virtcol()|.  For the
+		character position use |charcol()|.
 		Note that only marks in the current file can be used.
 		Examples: >
 			col(".")		column of cursor
@@ -3947,6 +4024,9 @@ cursor({list})
 		This is like the return value of |getpos()| or |getcurpos()|,
 		but without the first item.
 
+		To position the cursor using the character count, use
+		|setcursorcharpos()|.
+
 		Does not change the jumplist.
 		If {lnum} is greater than the number of lines in the buffer,
 		the cursor will be positioned at the last line in the buffer.
@@ -4014,8 +4094,9 @@ delete({fname} [, {flags}])					*delete()*
 
 		A symbolic link itself is deleted, not what it points to.
 
-		The result is a Number, which is 0 if the delete operation was
-		successful and -1 when the deletion failed or partly failed.
+		The result is a Number, which is 0/false if the delete
+		operation was successful and -1/true when the deletion failed
+		or partly failed.
 
 		Use |remove()| to delete an item from a |List|.
 		To delete a line from the buffer use |:delete| or
@@ -4463,6 +4544,13 @@ extend({expr1}, {expr2} [, {expr3}])			*extend()*
 			mylist->extend(otherlist)
 
 
+extendnew({expr1}, {expr2} [, {expr3}])			*extendnew()*
+		Like |extend()| but instead of adding items to {expr1} a new
+		List or Dictionary is created and returned.  {expr1} remains
+		unchanged.  Items can still be changed by {expr2}, if you
+		don't want that use |deepcopy()| first.
+
+
 feedkeys({string} [, {mode}])				*feedkeys()*
 		Characters in {string} are queued for processing as if they
 		come from a mapping or were typed by the user.
@@ -4627,8 +4715,10 @@ flatten({list} [, {maxdepth}])					*flatten()*
 		Flatten {list} up to {maxdepth} levels.  Without {maxdepth}
 		the result is a |List| without nesting, as if {maxdepth} is
 		a very large number.
-		The {list} is changed in place, make a copy first if you do
+		The {list} is changed in place, use |flattennew()| if you do
 		not want that.
+		In Vim9 script flatten() cannot be used, you must always use
+		|flattennew()|.
 								*E900*
 		{maxdepth} means how deep in nested lists changes are made.
 		{list} is not modified when {maxdepth} is 0.
@@ -4642,6 +4732,10 @@ flatten({list} [, {maxdepth}])					*flatten()*
 			:echo flatten([1, [2, [3, 4]], 5], 1)
 <			[1, 2, [3, 4], 5]
 
+flattennew({list} [, {maxdepth}])			*flattennew()*
+		Like |flatten()| but first make a copy of {list}.
+
+
 float2nr({expr})					*float2nr()*
 		Convert {expr} to a Number by omitting the part after the
 		decimal point.
@@ -4733,7 +4827,8 @@ fnamemodify({fname}, {mods})				*fnamemodify()*
 			:echo fnamemodify("main.c", ":p:h")
 <		results in: >
 			/home/mool/vim/vim/src
-<		Note: Environment variables don't work in {fname}, use
+<		If {mods} is empty then {fname} is returned.
+		Note: Environment variables don't work in {fname}, use
 		|expand()| first then.
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
@@ -4808,6 +4903,21 @@ foreground()	Move the Vim window to the foreground.  Useful when sent from
 		{only in the Win32, Athena, Motif and GTK GUI versions and the
 		Win32 console version}
 
+fullcommand({name})						*fullcommand()*
+		Get the full command name from a short abbreviated command
+		name; see |20.2| for details on command abbreviations.
+
+		{name} may start with a `:` and can include a [range], these
+		are skipped and not returned.
+		Returns an empty string if a command doesn't exist or if it's
+		ambiguous (for user-defined functions).
+
+		For example `fullcommand('s')`, `fullcommand('sub')`,
+		`fullcommand(':%substitute')` all return "substitute".
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetName()->fullcommand()
+<
 						*funcref()*
 funcref({name} [, {arglist}] [, {dict}])
 		Just like |function()|, but the returned Funcref will lookup
@@ -5052,9 +5162,9 @@ getbufvar({expr}, {varname} [, {def}])				*getbufvar()*
 		The result is the value of option or local buffer variable
 		{varname} in buffer {expr}.  Note that the name without "b:"
 		must be used.
-		When {varname} is empty returns a dictionary with all the
+		When {varname} is empty returns a |Dictionary| with all the
 		buffer-local variables.
-		When {varname} is equal to "&" returns a dictionary with all
+		When {varname} is equal to "&" returns a |Dictionary| with all
 		the buffer-local options.
 		Otherwise, when {varname} starts with "&" returns the value of
 		a buffer-local option.
@@ -5136,7 +5246,10 @@ getchar([expr])						*getchar()*
 		|xterm-bracketed-paste|.
 
 		There is no prompt, you will somehow have to make clear to the
-		user that a character has to be typed.
+		user that a character has to be typed.  The screen is not
+		redrawn, e.g. when resizing the window.  When using a popup
+		window it should work better with a |popup-filter|.
+
 		There is no mapping for the character.
 		Key codes are replaced, thus when the user presses the <Del>
 		key you get the code for the <Del> key, not the raw character
@@ -5182,6 +5295,20 @@ getcharmod()						*getcharmod()*
 		character itself are obtained.  Thus Shift-a results in "A"
 		without a modifier.
 
+							*getcharpos()*
+getcharpos({expr})
+		Get the position for {expr}. Same as |getpos()| but the column
+		number in the returned List is a character index instead of
+		a byte index.
+
+		Example:
+		With the cursor on '세' in line 5 with text "여보세요": >
+			getcharpos('.')		returns [0, 5, 3, 0]
+			getpos('.')		returns [0, 5, 7, 0]
+<
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetMark()->getcharpos()
+
 getcharsearch()						*getcharsearch()*
 		Return the current character search information as a {dict}
 		with the following entries:
@@ -5307,8 +5434,11 @@ getcurpos([{winid}])
 		includes an extra "curswant" item in the list:
 		    [0, lnum, col, off, curswant] ~
 		The "curswant" number is the preferred column when moving the
-		cursor vertically.  Also see |getpos()|.
-		The first "bufnum" item is always zero.
+		cursor vertically.  Also see |getcursorcharpos()| and
+		|getpos()|.
+		The first "bufnum" item is always zero. The byte position of
+		the cursor is returned in 'col'. To get the character
+		position, use |getcursorcharpos()|.
 
 		The optional {winid} argument can specify the window.  It can
 		be the window number or the |window-ID|.  The last known
@@ -5322,7 +5452,24 @@ getcurpos([{winid}])
 			call setpos('.', save_cursor)
 <		Note that this only works within the window.  See
 		|winrestview()| for restoring more state.
-							*getcwd()*
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetWinid()->getcurpos()
+
+<							*getcursorcharpos()*
+getcursorcharpos([{winid}])
+		Same as |getcurpos()| but the column number in the returned
+		List is a character index instead of a byte index.
+
+		Example:
+		With the cursor on '보' in line 3 with text "여보세요": >
+			getcursorcharpos()	returns [0, 3, 2, 0, 3]
+			getcurpos()		returns [0, 3, 4, 0, 3]
+
+<		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetWinid()->getcursorcharpos()
+
+<							*getcwd()*
 getcwd([{winnr} [, {tabnr}]])
 		The result is a String, which is the name of the current
 		working directory.
@@ -5526,8 +5673,8 @@ getloclist({nr} [, {what}])				*getloclist()*
 					|location-list-file-window| for more
 					details.
 
-		Returns a Dictionary with default values if there is no location
-		list for the window {nr}.
+		Returns a |Dictionary| with default values if there is no
+		location list for the window {nr}.
 		Returns an empty Dictionary if window {nr} does not exist.
 
 		Examples (See also |getqflist-examples|): >
@@ -5629,18 +5776,20 @@ getpos({expr})	Get the position for {expr}.  For possible values of {expr}
 		Note that for '< and '> Visual mode matters: when it is "V"
 		(visual line mode) the column of '< is zero and the column of
 		'> is a large number.
+		The column number in the returned List is the byte position
+		within the line. To get the character position in the line,
+		use |getcharpos()|
 		This can be used to save and restore the position of a mark: >
 			let save_a_mark = getpos("'a")
 			...
 			call setpos("'a", save_a_mark)
-<		Also see |getcurpos()| and |setpos()|.
+<		Also see |getcharpos()|, |getcurpos()| and |setpos()|.
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetMark()->getpos()
 
-
 getqflist([{what}])					*getqflist()*
-		Returns a list with all the current quickfix errors.  Each
+		Returns a |List| with all the current quickfix errors.  Each
 		list item is a dictionary with these entries:
 			bufnr	number of buffer that has the file name, use
 				bufname() to get the name
@@ -5754,6 +5903,7 @@ getreg([{regname} [, 1 [, {list}]]])			*getreg()*
 		When the register was not set an empty list is returned.
 
 		If {regname} is not specified, |v:register| is used.
+		In |Vim9-script| {regname} must be one character.
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetRegname()->getreg()
@@ -5781,6 +5931,7 @@ getreginfo([{regname}])					*getreginfo()*
 		will be returned.
 		If {regname} is not specified, |v:register| is used.
 		The returned Dictionary can be passed to |setreg()|.
+		In |Vim9-script| {regname} must be one character.
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetRegname()->getreginfo()
@@ -5794,6 +5945,7 @@ getregtype([{regname}])					*getregtype()*
 		    ""			for an empty or unknown register
 		<CTRL-V> is one character with value 0x16.
 		If {regname} is not specified, |v:register| is used.
+		In |Vim9-script| {regname} must be one character.
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetRegname()->getregtype()
@@ -6105,8 +6257,8 @@ has({feature} [, {check}])
 
 
 has_key({dict}, {key})					*has_key()*
-		The result is a Number, which is 1 if |Dictionary| {dict} has
-		an entry with key {key}.  Zero otherwise.
+		The result is a Number, which is TRUE if |Dictionary| {dict}
+		has an entry with key {key}.  FALSE otherwise.
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			mydict->has_key(key)
@@ -6149,16 +6301,16 @@ haslocaldir([{winnr} [, {tabnr}]])			*haslocaldir()*
 			GetWinnr()->haslocaldir()
 
 hasmapto({what} [, {mode} [, {abbr}]])			*hasmapto()*
-		The result is a Number, which is 1 if there is a mapping that
-		contains {what} in somewhere in the rhs (what it is mapped to)
-		and this mapping exists in one of the modes indicated by
-		{mode}.
+		The result is a Number, which is TRUE if there is a mapping
+		that contains {what} in somewhere in the rhs (what it is
+		mapped to) and this mapping exists in one of the modes
+		indicated by {mode}.
 		When {abbr} is there and it is |TRUE| use abbreviations
 		instead of mappings.  Don't forget to specify Insert and/or
 		Command-line mode.
 		Both the global mappings and the mappings local to the current
 		buffer are checked for a match.
-		If no matching mapping is found 0 is returned.
+		If no matching mapping is found FALSE is returned.
 		The following characters are recognized in {mode}:
 			n	Normal mode
 			v	Visual and Select mode
@@ -6194,8 +6346,8 @@ histadd({history}, {item})				*histadd()*
 		character is sufficient.
 		If {item} does already exist in the history, it will be
 		shifted to become the newest entry.
-		The result is a Number: 1 if the operation was successful,
-		otherwise 0 is returned.
+		The result is a Number: TRUE if the operation was successful,
+		otherwise FALSE is returned.
 
 		Example: >
 			:call histadd("input", strftime("%Y %b %d"))
@@ -6218,8 +6370,8 @@ histdel({history} [, {item}])				*histdel()*
 		an index, see |:history-indexing|.  The respective entry will
 		be removed if it exists.
 
-		The result is a Number: 1 for a successful operation,
-		otherwise 0 is returned.
+		The result is TRUE for a successful operation, otherwise FALSE
+		is returned.
 
 		Examples:
 		Clear expression register history: >
@@ -6271,7 +6423,7 @@ histnr({history})					*histnr()*
 			GetHistory()->histnr()
 <
 hlexists({name})					*hlexists()*
-		The result is a Number, which is non-zero if a highlight group
+		The result is a Number, which is TRUE if a highlight group
 		called {name} exists.  This is when the group has been
 		defined in some way.  Not necessarily when highlighting has
 		been defined for it, it may also have been used for a syntax
@@ -6444,7 +6596,7 @@ inputrestore()						*inputrestore()*
 		Restore typeahead that was saved with a previous |inputsave()|.
 		Should be called the same number of times inputsave() is
 		called.  Calling it more often is harmless though.
-		Returns 1 when there is nothing to restore, 0 otherwise.
+		Returns TRUE when there is nothing to restore, FALSE otherwise.
 
 inputsave()						*inputsave()*
 		Preserve typeahead (also from mappings) and clear it, so that
@@ -6452,7 +6604,7 @@ inputsave()						*inputsave()*
 		followed by a matching inputrestore() after the prompt.  Can
 		be used several times, in which case there must be just as
 		many inputrestore() calls.
-		Returns 1 when out of memory, 0 otherwise.
+		Returns TRUE when out of memory, FALSE otherwise.
 
 inputsecret({prompt} [, {text}])			*inputsecret()*
 		This function acts much like the |input()| function with but
@@ -6928,7 +7080,7 @@ listener_flush([{buf}])					*listener_flush()*
 
 listener_remove({id})					*listener_remove()*
 		Remove a listener previously added with listener_add().
-		Returns zero when {id} could not be found, one when {id} was
+		Returns FALSE when {id} could not be found, TRUE when {id} was
 		removed.
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
@@ -7146,7 +7298,8 @@ mapcheck({name} [, {mode} [, {abbr}]])			*mapcheck()*
 mapnew({expr1}, {expr2})					*mapnew()*
 		Like |map()| but instead of replacing items in {expr1} a new
 		List or Dictionary is created and returned.  {expr1} remains
-		unchanged.
+		unchanged.  Items can still be changed by {expr2}, if you
+		don't want that use |deepcopy()| first.
 
 
 mapset({mode}, {abbr}, {dict})					*mapset()*
@@ -7375,7 +7528,7 @@ matchend({expr}, {pat} [, {start} [, {count}]])			*matchend()*
 
 
 matchfuzzy({list}, {str} [, {dict}])			*matchfuzzy()*
-		If {list} is a list of strings, then returns a list with all
+		If {list} is a list of strings, then returns a |List| with all
 		the strings in {list} that fuzzy match {str}. The strings in
 		the returned list are sorted based on the matching score.
 
@@ -7432,22 +7585,24 @@ matchfuzzy({list}, {str} [, {dict}])			*matchfuzzy()*
 
 matchfuzzypos({list}, {str} [, {dict}])			*matchfuzzypos()*
 		Same as |matchfuzzy()|, but returns the list of matched
-		strings and the list of character positions where characters
-		in {str} matches.
+		strings, the list of character positions where characters
+		in {str} matches and a list of matching scores.  You can
+		use |byteidx()|to convert a character position to a byte
+		position.
 
 		If {str} matches multiple times in a string, then only the
 		positions for the best match is returned.
 
 		If there are no matching strings or there is an error, then a
-		list with two empty list items is returned.
+		list with three empty list items is returned.
 
 		Example: >
 			:echo matchfuzzypos(['testing'], 'tsg')
-<		results in [['testing'], [[0, 2, 6]]] >
+<		results in [['testing'], [[0, 2, 6]], [99]] >
 			:echo matchfuzzypos(['clay', 'lacy'], 'la')
-<		results in [['lacy', 'clay'], [[0, 1], [1, 2]]] >
+<		results in [['lacy', 'clay'], [[0, 1], [1, 2]], [153, 133]] >
 			:echo [{'text': 'hello', 'id' : 10}]->matchfuzzypos('ll', {'key' : 'text'})
-<		results in [{'id': 10, 'text': 'hello'}] [[2, 3]]
+<		results in [[{'id': 10, 'text': 'hello'}], [[2, 3]], [127]]
 
 matchlist({expr}, {pat} [, {start} [, {count}]])		*matchlist()*
 		Same as |match()|, but return a |List|.  The first item in the
@@ -7501,8 +7656,10 @@ matchstrpos({expr}, {pat} [, {start} [, {count}]])		*matchstrpos()*
 <
 
 							*max()*
-max({expr})	Return the maximum value of all items in {expr}.
-		{expr} can be a |List| or a |Dictionary|.  For a Dictionary,
+max({expr})	Return the maximum value of all items in {expr}. Example: >
+			echo max([apples, pears, oranges])
+
+<		{expr} can be a |List| or a |Dictionary|.  For a Dictionary,
 		it returns the maximum of all values in the Dictionary.
 		If {expr} is neither a List nor a Dictionary, or one of the
 		items in {expr} cannot be used as a Number this results in
@@ -7572,8 +7729,10 @@ menu_info({name} [, {mode}])				*menu_info()*
 
 
 <							*min()*
-min({expr})	Return the minimum value of all items in {expr}.
-		{expr} can be a |List| or a |Dictionary|.  For a Dictionary,
+min({expr})	Return the minimum value of all items in {expr}. Example:  >
+			echo min([apples, pears, oranges])
+
+<		{expr} can be a |List| or a |Dictionary|.  For a Dictionary,
 		it returns the minimum of all values in the Dictionary.
 		If {expr} is neither a List nor a Dictionary, or one of the
 		items in {expr} cannot be used as a Number this results in
@@ -7590,13 +7749,13 @@ mkdir({name} [, {path} [, {prot}]])
 		necessary.  Otherwise it must be "".
 
 		If {prot} is given it is used to set the protection bits of
-		the new directory.  The default is 0755 (rwxr-xr-x: r/w for
-		the user readable for others).  Use 0700 to make it unreadable
-		for others.  This is only used for the last part of {name}.
-		Thus if you create /tmp/foo/bar then /tmp/foo will be created
-		with 0755.
+		the new directory.  The default is 0o755 (rwxr-xr-x: r/w for
+		the user, readable for others).  Use 0o700 to make it
+		unreadable for others.  This is only used for the last part of
+		{name}.  Thus if you create /tmp/foo/bar then /tmp/foo will be
+		created with 0o755.
 		Example: >
-			:call mkdir($HOME . "/tmp/foo/bar", "p", 0700)
+			:call mkdir($HOME . "/tmp/foo/bar", "p", 0o700)
 
 <		This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
 
@@ -7604,8 +7763,8 @@ mkdir({name} [, {path} [, {prot}]])
 		flag is passed (since patch 8.0.1708).  However, without the
 		"p" option the call will fail.
 
-		The function result is a Number, which is 1 if the call was
-		successful or 0 if the directory creation failed or partly
+		The function result is a Number, which is TRUE if the call was
+		successful or FALSE if the directory creation failed or partly
 		failed.
 
 		Not available on all systems.  To check use: >
@@ -8150,6 +8309,14 @@ rand([{expr}])						*rand()* *random*
 			:echo rand(seed)
 			:echo rand(seed) % 16  " random number 0 - 15
 <
+
+readblob({fname})					*readblob()*
+		Read file {fname} in binary mode and return a |Blob|.
+		When the file can't be opened an error message is given and
+		the result is an empty |Blob|.
+		Also see |readfile()| and |writefile()|.
+
+
 readdir({directory} [, {expr} [, {dict}]])			*readdir()*
 		Return a list with file and directory names in {directory}.
 		You can also use |glob()| if you don't need to do complicated
@@ -8264,6 +8431,7 @@ readdirex({directory} [, {expr} [, {dict}]])			*readdirex()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetDirName()->readdirex()
 <
+
 							*readfile()*
 readfile({fname} [, {type} [, {max}]])
 		Read file {fname} and return a |List|, each line of the file
@@ -8275,8 +8443,6 @@ readfile({fname} [, {type} [, {max}]])
 		- When the last line ends in a NL an extra empty list item is
 		  added.
 		- No CR characters are removed.
-		When {type} contains "B" a |Blob| is returned with the binary
-		data of the file unmodified.
 		Otherwise:
 		- CR characters that appear before a NL are removed.
 		- Whether the last line ends in a NL or not does not matter.
@@ -8294,6 +8460,9 @@ readfile({fname} [, {type} [, {max}]])
 		Note that without {max} the whole file is read into memory.
 		Also note that there is no recognition of encoding.  Read a
 		file into a buffer if you need to.
+		Deprecated (use |readblob()| instead): When {type} contains
+		"B" a |Blob| is returned with the binary data of the file
+		unmodified.
 		When the file can't be opened an error message is given and
 		the result is an empty list.
 		Also see |writefile()|.
@@ -8728,11 +8897,16 @@ search({pattern} [, {flags} [, {stopline} [, {timeout} [, {skip}]]]])
 
 		'ignorecase', 'smartcase' and 'magic' are used.
 
-		When the 'z' flag is not given, searching always starts in
-		column zero and then matches before the cursor are skipped.
-		When the 'c' flag is present in 'cpo' the next search starts
-		after the match.  Without the 'c' flag the next search starts
-		one column further.
+		When the 'z' flag is not given, forward searching always
+		starts in column zero and then matches before the cursor are
+		skipped.  When the 'c' flag is present in 'cpo' the next
+		search starts after the match.  Without the 'c' flag the next
+		search starts one column further.  This matters for
+		overlapping matches.
+		When searching backwards and the 'z' flag is given then the
+		search starts in column zero, thus no match in the current
+		line will be found (unless wrapping around the end of the
+		file).
 
 		When the {stopline} argument is given then the search stops
 		after searching this line.  This is useful to restrict the
@@ -8914,7 +9088,7 @@ searchcount([{options}])					*searchcount()*
 						result.  if search exceeded
 						total count, "total" value
 						becomes `maxcount + 1`
-						(default: 0)
+						(default: 99)
 		  pos		|List|		`[lnum, col, off]` value
 						when recomputing the result.
 						this changes "current" result
@@ -9066,6 +9240,7 @@ server2client({clientid}, {string})			*server2client()*
 		Send a reply string to {clientid}.  The most recent {clientid}
 		that sent a string can be retrieved with expand("<client>").
 		{only available when compiled with the |+clientserver| feature}
+		Returns zero for success, -1 for failure.
 		Note:
 		This id has to be stored before the next command can be
 		received.  I.e. before returning from the received command and
@@ -9154,6 +9329,19 @@ setcellwidths({list})					*setcellwidths()*
 <		You can use the script $VIMRUNTIME/tools/emoji_list.vim to see
 		the effect for known emoji characters.
 
+setcharpos({expr}, {list})				*setcharpos()*
+		Same as |setpos()| but uses the specified column number as the
+		character index instead of the byte index in the line.
+
+		Example:
+		With the text "여보세요" in line 8: >
+			call setcharpos('.', [0, 8, 4, 0])
+<		positions the cursor on the fourth character '요'. >
+			call setpos('.', [0, 8, 4, 0])
+<		positions the cursor on the second character '보'.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetPosition()->setcharpos('.')
 
 setcharsearch({dict})					*setcharsearch()*
 		Set the current character search information to {dict},
@@ -9190,12 +9378,27 @@ setcmdpos({pos})					*setcmdpos()*
 		before inserting the resulting text.
 		When the number is too big the cursor is put at the end of the
 		line.  A number smaller than one has undefined results.
-		Returns 0 when successful, 1 when not editing the command
-		line.
+		Returns FALSE when successful, TRUE when not editing the
+		command line.
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetPos()->setcmdpos()
 
+setcursorcharpos({lnum}, {col} [, {off}])		*setcursorcharpos()*
+setcursorcharpos({list})
+		Same as |cursor()| but uses the specified column number as the
+		character index instead of the byte index in the line.
+
+		Example:
+		With the text "여보세요" in line 4: >
+			call setcursorcharpos(4, 3)
+<		positions the cursor on the third character '세'. >
+			call cursor(4, 3)
+<		positions the cursor on the first character '여'.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetCursorPos()->setcursorcharpos()
+
 setenv({name}, {val})						*setenv()*
 		Set environment variable {name} to {val}.
 		When {val} is |v:null| the environment variable is deleted.
@@ -9234,9 +9437,11 @@ setline({lnum}, {text})					*setline()*
 		{lnum} is used like with |getline()|.
 		When {lnum} is just below the last line the {text} will be
 		added below the last line.
+		{text} can be any type or a List of any type, each item is
+		converted to a String.
 
-		If this succeeds, 0 is returned.  If this fails (most likely
-		because {lnum} is invalid) 1 is returned.
+		If this succeeds, FALSE is returned.  If this fails (most likely
+		because {lnum} is invalid) TRUE is returned.
 
 		Example: >
 			:call setline(5, strftime("%c"))
@@ -9307,7 +9512,8 @@ setpos({expr}, {list})
 
 		"lnum" and "col" are the position in the buffer.  The first
 		column is 1.  Use a zero "lnum" to delete a mark.  If "col" is
-		smaller than 1 then 1 is used.
+		smaller than 1 then 1 is used. To use the character count
+		instead of the byte count, use |setcharpos()|.
 
 		The "off" number is only used when 'virtualedit' is set. Then
 		it is the offset in screen columns from the start of the
@@ -9327,7 +9533,7 @@ setpos({expr}, {list})
 		Returns 0 when the position could be set, -1 otherwise.
 		An error message is given if {expr} is invalid.
 
-		Also see |getpos()| and |getcurpos()|.
+		Also see |setcharpos()|, |getpos()| and |getcurpos()|.
 
 		This does not restore the preferred column for moving
 		vertically; if you set the cursor position with this, |j| and
@@ -9455,6 +9661,7 @@ setqflist({list} [, {action} [, {what}]])		*setqflist()*
 setreg({regname}, {value} [, {options}])
 		Set the register {regname} to {value}.
 		If {regname} is "" or "@", the unnamed register '"' is used.
+		In |Vim9-script| {regname} must be one character.
 
 		{value} may be any value returned by |getreg()| or
 		|getreginfo()|, including a |List| or |Dict|.
@@ -9702,6 +9909,18 @@ sinh({expr})						*sinh()*
 		{only available when compiled with the |+float| feature}
 
 
+slice({expr}, {start} [, {end}])			*slice()* 
+		Similar to using a |slice| "expr[start : end]", but "end" is
+		used exclusive.  And for a string the indexes are used as
+		character indexes instead of byte indexes, like in
+		|vim9script|.
+		When {end} is omitted the slice continues to the last item.
+		When {end} is -1 the last item is omitted.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetList()->slice(offset)
+
+
 sort({list} [, {func} [, {dict}]])			*sort()* *E702*
 		Sort the items in {list} in-place.  Returns {list}.
 
@@ -10646,7 +10865,7 @@ tagfiles()	Returns a |List| with the file names used to search for tags
 
 
 taglist({expr} [, {filename}])				*taglist()*
-		Returns a list of tags matching the regular expression {expr}.
+		Returns a |List| of tags matching the regular expression {expr}.
 
 		If {filename} is passed it is used to prioritize the results
 		in the same way that |:tselect| does. See |tag-priority|.
@@ -10738,7 +10957,7 @@ term_ functions are documented here: |terminal-function-details|
 
 
 terminalprops()						*terminalprops()*
-		Returns a dictionary with properties of the terminal that Vim
+		Returns a |Dictionary| with properties of the terminal that Vim
 		detected from the response to |t_RV| request.  See
 		|v:termresponse| for the response itself.  If |v:termresponse|
 		is empty most values here will be 'u' for unknown.
@@ -10827,6 +11046,8 @@ timer_start({time}, {callback} [, {options}])
 		function or a |Funcref|.  It is called with one argument, which
 		is the timer ID.  The callback is only invoked when Vim is
 		waiting for input.
+		If you want to show a message look at |popup_notification()|
+		to avoid interfering with what the user is doing.
 
 		{options} is a dictionary.  Supported entries:
 		   "repeat"	Number of times to repeat calling the
@@ -10979,6 +11200,14 @@ type({expr})	The result is a Number representing the type of {expr}.
 <		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			mylist->type()
 
+
+typename({expr})					*typename()*
+		Return a string representation of the type of {expr}.
+		Example: >
+			echo typename([1, 2, 3])
+			list<number>
+
+
 undofile({name})					*undofile()*
 		Return the name of the undo file that would be used for a file
 		with name {name} when writing.  This uses the 'undodir'
@@ -11136,16 +11365,18 @@ win_execute({id}, {command} [, {silent}])		*win_execute()*
 			call win_execute(winid, 'set syntax=python')
 <		Doing the same with `setwinvar()` would not trigger
 		autocommands and not actually show syntax highlighting.
+
 							*E994*
 		Not all commands are allowed in popup windows.
-		When window {id} does not exist then no error is given.
+		When window {id} does not exist then no error is given and
+		an empty string is returned.
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|, the base is passed as the
 		second argument: >
 			GetCommand()->win_execute(winid)
 
 win_findbuf({bufnr})					*win_findbuf()*
-		Returns a list with |window-ID|s for windows that contain
+		Returns a |List| with |window-ID|s for windows that contain
 		buffer {bufnr}.  When there is none the list is empty.
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
@@ -11186,7 +11417,7 @@ win_gettype([{nr}])					*win_gettype()*
 win_gotoid({expr})					*win_gotoid()*
 		Go to window with ID {expr}.  This may also change the current
 		tabpage.
-		Return 1 if successful, 0 if the window cannot be found.
+		Return TRUE if successful, FALSE if the window cannot be found.
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetWinid()->win_gotoid()
@@ -12904,7 +13135,7 @@ text...
 :exe[cute] {expr1} ..	Executes the string that results from the evaluation
 			of {expr1} as an Ex command.
 			Multiple arguments are concatenated, with a space in
-			between.  To avoid the extra space use the "."
+			between.  To avoid the extra space use the ".."
 			operator to concatenate strings into one argument.
 			{expr1} is used as the processed command, command line
 			editing keys are not recognized.

runtime/doc/filetype.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*filetype.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Sep 28
+*filetype.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Jan 21
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -147,6 +147,7 @@ can be used to overrule the filetype used for certain extensions:
 	*.w		g:filetype_w	|ft-cweb-syntax|
 	*.i		g:filetype_i	|ft-progress-syntax|
 	*.p		g:filetype_p	|ft-pascal-syntax|
+	*.pp		g:filetype_pp	|ft-pascal-syntax|
 	*.sh		g:bash_is_sh	|ft-sh-syntax|
 	*.tex		g:tex_flavor	|ft-tex-plugin|
 
@@ -563,16 +564,15 @@ Local mappings:
 
 MAN					*ft-man-plugin* *:Man* *man.vim*
 
-Displays a manual page in a nice way.  Also see the user manual
-|find-manpage|.
-
-To start using the ":Man" command before any manual page was loaded, source
-this script from your startup vimrc file: >
+This plugin displays a manual page in a nice way.  See |find-manpage| in the
+user manual for more information.
 
+To start using the |:Man| command before any manual page has been loaded,
+source this script from your startup |vimrc| file: >
 	runtime ftplugin/man.vim
 
 Options:
-'iskeyword'	the '.' character is added to be able to use CTRL-] on the
+'iskeyword'	The '.' character is added to support the use of CTRL-] on the
 		manual page name.
 
 Commands:
@@ -582,24 +582,25 @@ Man {number} {name}
 
 Global mapping:
 <Leader>K	Displays the manual page for the word under the cursor.
-<Plug>ManPreGetPage  idem, allows for using a mapping: >
-			nmap <F1> <Plug>ManPreGetPage<CR>
+<Plug>ManPreGetPage
+		idem, allows for using a mapping: >
+			nmap <F1> <Plug>ManPreGetPage
 
 Local mappings:
 CTRL-]		Jump to the manual page for the word under the cursor.
 CTRL-T		Jump back to the previous manual page.
-q		Same as ":quit"
+q		Same as the |:quit| command.
 
 To use a vertical split instead of horizontal: >
 	let g:ft_man_open_mode = 'vert'
 To use a new tab: >
 	let g:ft_man_open_mode = 'tab'
 
-To enable folding use this: >
-  	let g:ft_man_folding_enable = 1
-If you do not like the default folding, use an autocommand to add your desired
+To enable |folding|, use this: >
+	let g:ft_man_folding_enable = 1
+If you do not like the default folding, use an |autocommand| to add your desired
 folding style instead.  For example: >
-        autocmd FileType man setlocal foldmethod=indent foldenable
+	autocmd FileType man setlocal foldmethod=indent foldenable
 
 If you would like :Man {number} {name} to behave like man {number} {name} by
 not running man {name} if no page is found, then use this: >
@@ -612,7 +613,7 @@ page in a Vim window: >
 
 MANPAGER				      *manpager.vim*
 
-The :Man command allows you to turn Vim into a manpager (that syntax highlights
+The |:Man| command allows you to turn Vim into a manpager (that syntax highlights
 manpages and follows linked manpages on hitting CTRL-]).
 
 For bash,zsh,ksh or dash, add to the config file (.bashrc,.zshrc, ...)

runtime/doc/hangulin.txt

@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ Vim had built-in support for hangul, the Korean language, for users without
 XIM (X Input Method).  Since it didn't work well and was not maintained it was
 removed in Vim 8.1.2327.
 
-If you want this hangul input mehod you can go back to Vim 8.1.2326 or
+If you want this hangul input method you can go back to Vim 8.1.2326 or
 earlier.  If you think this code is still useful and want to maintain it, make
 a patch to add it back.  However, making it work with UTF-8 encoding would be
 best.

runtime/doc/helphelp.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*helphelp.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jul 27
+*helphelp.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Dec 29
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -92,9 +92,9 @@ Help on help files					*helphelp*
 				:help k| only
 <			Note that a space before the '|' is seen as part of
 			the ":help" argument.
-			You can also use <LF> or <CR> to separate the help
+			You can also use <NL> or <CR> to separate the help
 			command from a following command.  You need to type
-			CTRL-V first to insert the <LF> or <CR>.  Example: >
+			CTRL-V first to insert the <NL> or <CR>.  Example: >
 				:help so<C-V><CR>only
 
 :h[elp]! [subject]	Like ":help", but in non-English help files prefer to
@@ -158,9 +158,31 @@ When no argument is given to |:help| the file given with the 'helpfile' option
 will be opened.  Otherwise the specified tag is searched for in all "doc/tags"
 files in the directories specified in the 'runtimepath' option.
 
+If you would like to open the help in the current window, see this tip:
+|help-curwin|.
+
 The initial height of the help window can be set with the 'helpheight' option
 (default 20).
 
+When the help buffer is created, several local options are set to make sure
+the help text is displayed as it was intended:
+    'iskeyword'		nearly all ASCII chars except ' ', '*', '"' and '|'
+    'foldmethod'	"manual"
+    'tabstop'		8
+    'arabic'		off
+    'binary'		off
+    'buflisted'		off
+    'cursorbind'	off
+    'diff'		off
+    'foldenable'	off
+    'list'		off
+    'modifiable'	off
+    'number'		off
+    'relativenumber'	off
+    'rightleft'		off
+    'scrollbind'	off
+    'spell'		off
+
 Jump to specific subjects by using tags.  This can be done in two ways:
 - Use the "CTRL-]" command while standing on the name of a command or option.
   This only works when the tag is a keyword.  "<C-Leftmouse>" and

runtime/doc/indent.txt

@@ -610,14 +610,14 @@ the use of square and curly brackets, and otherwise by community convention.
 These conventions are not universally followed, so the Clojure indent script
 offers a few configurable options, listed below.
 
-If the current vim does not include |searchpairpos()|, the indent script falls
+If the current vim does not include searchpairpos(), the indent script falls
 back to normal 'lisp' indenting, and the following options are ignored.
 
 							*g:clojure_maxlines*
 
-Set maximum scan distance of |searchpairpos()|. Larger values trade
-performance for correctness when dealing with very long forms. A value of 0
-will scan without limits.
+Set maximum scan distance of searchpairpos(). Larger values trade performance
+for correctness when dealing with very long forms. A value of 0 will scan
+without limits.
 >
 	" Default
 	let g:clojure_maxlines = 100

runtime/doc/index.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*index.txt*     For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Oct 05
+*index.txt*     For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Feb 11
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -1176,6 +1176,7 @@ tag		command		action ~
 |:bNext|	:bN[ext]	go to previous buffer in the buffer list
 |:ball|		:ba[ll]		open a window for each buffer in the buffer list
 |:badd|		:bad[d]		add buffer to the buffer list
+|:balt|		:balt		like ":badd" but also set the alternate file
 |:bdelete|	:bd[elete]	remove a buffer from the buffer list
 |:behave|	:be[have]	set mouse and selection behavior
 |:belowright|	:bel[owright]	make split window appear right or below
@@ -1590,6 +1591,8 @@ tag		command		action ~
 |:sign|		:sig[n]		manipulate signs
 |:silent|	:sil[ent]	run a command silently
 |:sleep|	:sl[eep]	do nothing for a few seconds
+|:sleep!|	:sl[eep]!	do nothing for a few seconds, without the
+				cursor visible
 |:slast|	:sla[st]	split window and go to last file in the
 				argument list
 |:smagic|	:sm[agic]	:substitute with 'magic'

runtime/doc/intro.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*intro.txt*     For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Aug 15
+*intro.txt*     For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Dec 29
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -434,7 +434,7 @@ notation	meaning		    equivalent	decimal value(s)	~
 <CSI>		command sequence intro  ALT-Esc 155	*<CSI>*
 <xCSI>		CSI when typed in the GUI		*<xCSI>*
 
-<EOL>		end-of-line (can be <CR>, <LF> or <CR><LF>,
+<EOL>		end-of-line (can be <CR>, <NL> or <CR><NL>,
 		depends on system and 'fileformat')	*<EOL>*
 
 <Up>		cursor-up			*cursor-up* *cursor_up*
@@ -678,8 +678,8 @@ Normal mode from any other mode.  This can be used to make sure Vim is in
 Normal mode, without causing a beep like <Esc> would.  However, this does not
 work in Ex mode.  When used after a command that takes an argument, such as
 |f| or |m|, the timeout set with 'ttimeoutlen' applies.
-When focus is in a terminal window, CTRL-\ CTRL-N goes to Normal mode for only
-one command, see |t_CTRL-\_CTRL-N|.
+When focus is in a terminal window, CTRL-\ CTRL-N goes to Normal mode until an
+edit command is entered, see |t_CTRL-\_CTRL-N|.
 
 	*CTRL-\_CTRL-G* *i_CTRL-\_CTRL-G* *c_CTRL-\_CTRL-G* *v_CTRL-\_CTRL-G*
 The command CTRL-\ CTRL-G or <C-\><C-G> can be used to go to Insert mode when

runtime/doc/map.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*map.txt*       For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Nov 12
+*map.txt*       For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Dec 10
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -319,13 +319,16 @@ Example of using <Cmd> halfway Insert mode: >
 	nnoremap <F3> aText <Cmd>echo mode(1)<CR> Added<Esc>
 
 Unlike <expr> mappings, there are no special restrictions on the <Cmd>
-command: it is executed as if an (unrestricted) |autocmd| was invoked.
+command: it is executed as if an (unrestricted) |autocommand| was invoked.
 
 Note:
 - Because <Cmd> avoids mode-changes it does not trigger |CmdlineEnter| and
   |CmdlineLeave| events, because no user interaction is expected.
 - For the same reason, |keycodes| like <C-R><C-W> are interpreted as plain,
   unmapped keys.
+- The command is not echo'ed, no need for <silent>.
+- In Visual mode  you can use `line('v')` and `col('v')` to get one end of the
+  Visual area, the cursor is at the other end.
 - In Select mode, |:map| and |:vmap| command mappings are executed in
   Visual mode.  Use |:smap| to handle Select mode differently.
 
@@ -906,7 +909,7 @@ Insert mode to avoid every key with a modifier causing Insert mode to end.
 1.12 MAPPING AN OPERATOR				*:map-operator*
 
 An operator is used before a {motion} command.  To define your own operator
-you must create mapping that first sets the 'operatorfunc' option and then
+you must create a mapping that first sets the 'operatorfunc' option and then
 invoke the |g@| operator.  After the user types the {motion} command the
 specified function will be called.
 
@@ -1238,9 +1241,9 @@ Otherwise, using "<SID>" outside of a script context is an error.
 
 If you need to get the script number to use in a complicated script, you can
 use this function: >
-	function s:SID()
-	  return matchstr(expand('<sfile>'), '<SNR>\zs\d\+\ze_SID$')
-	endfun
+	func s:ScriptNumber()
+	  return matchstr(expand('<SID>'), '<SNR>\zs\d\+\ze_')
+	endfunc
 
 The "<SNR>" will be shown when listing functions and mappings.  This is useful
 to find out what they are defined to.
@@ -1318,15 +1321,15 @@ last defined. Example: >
 See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
 
 							*E174* *E182*
-:com[mand][!] [{attr}...] {cmd} {rep}
+:com[mand][!] [{attr}...] {cmd} {repl}
 			Define a user command.  The name of the command is
-			{cmd} and its replacement text is {rep}.  The command's
-			attributes (see below) are {attr}.  If the command
-			already exists, an error is reported, unless a ! is
-			specified, in which case the command is redefined.
-			There is one exception: When sourcing a script again,
-			a command that was previously defined in that script
-			will be silently replaced.
+			{cmd} and its replacement text is {repl}.  The
+			command's attributes (see below) are {attr}.  If the
+			command already exists, an error is reported, unless a
+			! is specified, in which case the command is
+			redefined.  There is one exception: When sourcing a
+			script again, a command that was previously defined in
+			that script will be silently replaced.
 
 
 :delc[ommand] {cmd}				*:delc* *:delcommand* *E184*
@@ -1536,11 +1539,11 @@ feature.  Use the full name for new scripts.
 
 Replacement text ~
 
-The replacement text for a user defined command is scanned for special escape
-sequences, using <...> notation.  Escape sequences are replaced with values
-from the entered command line, and all other text is copied unchanged.  The
-resulting string is executed as an Ex command.  To avoid the replacement use
-<lt> in place of the initial <.  Thus to include "<bang>" literally use
+The replacement text {repl} for a user defined command is scanned for special
+escape sequences, using <...> notation.  Escape sequences are replaced with
+values from the entered command line, and all other text is copied unchanged.
+The resulting string is executed as an Ex command.  To avoid the replacement
+use <lt> in place of the initial <.  Thus to include "<bang>" literally use
 "<lt>bang>".
 
 The valid escape sequences are
@@ -1666,6 +1669,11 @@ errors and the "update" command to write modified buffers): >
 This will invoke: >
 	:call Allargs("%s/foo/bar/ge|update")
 <
+If the command is defined in Vim9 script (a script that starts with
+`:vim9script` and in a `:def` function) then {repl} will be executed as in Vim9
+script.  Thus this depends on where the command is defined, not where it is
+used.
+
 When defining a user command in a script, it will be able to call functions
 local to the script and use mappings local to the script.  When the user
 invokes the user command, it will run in the context of the script it was

runtime/doc/message.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*message.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Sep 07
+*message.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Dec 29
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -794,6 +794,9 @@ and the screen is about to be redrawn:
 -> Press <Enter> or <Space> to redraw the screen and continue, without that
    key being used otherwise.
 -> Press ':' or any other Normal mode command character to start that command.
+   Note that after an external command some special keys, such as the cursor
+   keys, may not work normally, because the terminal is still set to a state
+   for executing the external command.
 -> Press 'k', <Up>, 'u', 'b' or 'g' to scroll back in the messages.  This
    works the same way as at the |more-prompt|.  Only works when 'compatible'
    is off and 'more' is on.

runtime/doc/options.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*options.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Oct 10
+*options.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Feb 13
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ the system, mostly it is something like 256 or 1024 characters.
 				  CTRL-?	CTRL-H
 				not CTRL-?	CTRL-?
 
-			(CTRL-? is 0177 octal, 0x7f hex)
+			(CTRL-? is 0o177 octal, 0x7f hex)
 
 			If your delete key terminal code is wrong, but the
 			code for backspace is alright, you can put this in
@@ -1568,7 +1568,11 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			{only in GUI versions or when the |+xterm_clipboard|
 			feature is included}
 	This option is a list of comma separated names.
-	These names are recognized:
+	Note: if one of the items is "exclude:", then you can't add an item
+	after that.  Therefore do append an item with += but use ^= to
+	prepend, e.g.: >
+		set clipboard^=unnamed
+<	These names are recognized:
 
 						*clipboard-unnamed*
 	unnamed		When included, Vim will use the clipboard register '*'
@@ -2677,6 +2681,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		foldcolumn:{n}	Set the 'foldcolumn' option to {n} when
 				starting diff mode.  Without this 2 is used.
 
+		followwrap	Follow the 'wrap' option and leave as it is.
+
 		internal	Use the internal diff library.  This is
 				ignored when 'diffexpr' is set.  *E960*
 				When running out of memory when writing a
@@ -2801,6 +2807,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	toggled each time the flag is given.  See |complex-change|.  See
 	also 'gdefault' option.
 	Switching this option on may break plugins!
+	This option is not used in |Vim9| script.
 
 					*'emoji'* *'emo'* *'noemoji'* *'noemo'*
 'emoji' 'emo'	boolean (default: on)
@@ -3121,7 +3128,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			local to buffer
 	This gives the <EOL> of the current buffer, which is used for
 	reading/writing the buffer from/to a file:
-	    dos	    <CR> <NL>
+	    dos	    <CR><NL>
 	    unix    <NL>
 	    mac	    <CR>
 	When "dos" is used, CTRL-Z at the end of a file is ignored.
@@ -3228,7 +3235,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	Only normal file name characters can be used, "/\*?[|<>" are illegal.
 
 						*'fillchars'* *'fcs'*
-'fillchars' 'fcs'	string	(default "vert:|,fold:-")
+'fillchars' 'fcs'	string	(default "vert:|,fold:-,eob:~")
 			global
 			{not available when compiled without the |+folding|
 			feature}
@@ -3240,7 +3247,11 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	  stlnc:c	' ' or '='	statusline of the non-current windows
 	  vert:c	'|'		vertical separators |:vsplit|
 	  fold:c	'-'		filling 'foldtext'
+	  foldopen:c	'-'		mark the beginning of a fold
+	  foldclose:c	'+'		show a closed fold
+	  foldsep:c	'|'		open fold middle character
 	  diff:c	'-'		deleted lines of the 'diff' option
+	  eob:c		'~'		empty lines below the end of a buffer
 
 	Any one that is omitted will fall back to the default.  For "stl" and
 	"stlnc" the space will be used when there is highlighting, '^' or '='
@@ -3260,6 +3271,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	  vert:c	VertSplit		|hl-VertSplit|
 	  fold:c	Folded			|hl-Folded|
 	  diff:c	DiffDelete		|hl-DiffDelete|
+	  eob:c		EndOfBuffer		|hl-EndOfBuffer|
 
 		*'fixendofline'* *'fixeol'* *'nofixendofline'* *'nofixeol'*
 'fixendofline' 'fixeol'	boolean	(default on)
@@ -3272,7 +3284,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	See the 'endofline' option.
 
 					*'fkmap'* *'fk'* *'nofkmap'* *'nofk'*
-'fkmap' 'fk'		boolean (default off)			*E198*
+'fkmap' 'fk'		boolean (default off)
 			global
 			{only available when compiled with the |+rightleft|
 			feature}
@@ -3570,6 +3582,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	DEPRECATED: Setting this option may break plugins that are not aware
 	of this option.  Also, many users get confused that adding the /g flag
 	has the opposite effect of that it normally does.
+	This option is not used in |Vim9| script.
 
 						*'grepformat'* *'gfm'*
 'grepformat' 'gfm'	string	(default "%f:%l:%m,%f:%l%m,%f  %l%m")
@@ -4844,7 +4857,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 
 						*'listchars'* *'lcs'*
 'listchars' 'lcs'	string	(default "eol:$")
-			global
+			global or local to window |global-local|
 	Strings to use in 'list' mode and for the |:list| command.  It is a
 	comma separated list of string settings.
 							*lcs-eol*
@@ -4875,7 +4888,13 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 							*lcs-space*
 	  space:c	Character to show for a space.  When omitted, spaces
 			are left blank.
-							*lcs-trail*
+							*lcs-lead*
+	  lead:c	Character to show for leading spaces.  When omitted,
+			leading spaces are blank.  Overrides the "space"
+			setting for leading spaces.  You can combine it with
+			"tab:", for example: >
+				:set listchars+=tab:>-,lead:.
+<							*lcs-trail*
 	  trail:c	Character to show for trailing spaces.  When omitted,
 			trailing spaces are blank.  Overrides the "space"
 			setting for trailing spaces.
@@ -4943,6 +4962,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	Only switch it off when working with old Vi scripts.  In any other
 	situation write patterns that work when 'magic' is on.  Include "\M"
 	when you want to |/\M|.
+	In |Vim9| script the value of 'magic' is ignored, patterns behave like
+	it is always set.
 
 						*'makeef'* *'mef'*
 'makeef' 'mef'		string	(default: "")
@@ -5217,7 +5238,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	NOTE: This option is set to the Vi default value when 'compatible' is
 	set and to the Vim default value when 'compatible' is reset.
 
-						*'mouse'* *E538*
+						*'mouse'*
 'mouse'			string	(default "", "a" for GUI and Win32,
 					set to "a" or "nvi" in |defaults.vim|)
 			global
@@ -6222,7 +6243,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 <
 				*'runtimepath'* *'rtp'* *vimfiles*
 'runtimepath' 'rtp'	string	(default:
-					Unix: "$HOME/.vim,
+					Unix:  "$HOME/.vim,
 						$VIM/vimfiles,
 						$VIMRUNTIME,
 						$VIM/vimfiles/after,
@@ -6232,7 +6253,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						$VIMRUNTIME,
 						$VIM/vimfiles/after,
 						home:vimfiles/after"
-					PC:    "$HOME/vimfiles,
+					MS-Windows: "$HOME/vimfiles,
 						$VIM/vimfiles,
 						$VIMRUNTIME,
 						$VIM/vimfiles/after,
@@ -6244,8 +6265,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						$VIM/vimfiles,
 						$VIMRUNTIME,
 						$VIM/vimfiles/after,
-						$BE_USER_SETTINGS/vim/after")
-					VMS: "sys$login:vimfiles,
+						$BE_USER_SETTINGS/vim/after"
+					VMS:   "sys$login:vimfiles,
 						$VIM/vimfiles,
 						$VIMRUNTIME,
 						$VIM/vimfiles/after,
@@ -6317,7 +6338,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			local to window
 	Number of lines to scroll with CTRL-U and CTRL-D commands.  Will be
 	set to half the number of lines in the window when the window size
-	changes.  If you give a count to the CTRL-U or CTRL-D command it will
+	changes.  This may happen when enabling the |status-line| or
+	'tabline' option after setting the 'scroll' option.
+	If you give a count to the CTRL-U or CTRL-D command it will
 	be used as the new value for 'scroll'.  Reset to half the window
 	height with ":set scroll=0".
 

runtime/doc/os_vms.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*os_vms.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jun 07
+*os_vms.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Jan 04
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ See the file [.SRC]INSTALLVMS.TXT.
 4. Problems						*vms-problems*
 
 The code has been tested under Open VMS 6.2 - 8.2 on Alpha, VAX and IA64
-platforms with the DEC C compiler.  It should work without big problems.
+platforms with the DEC C compiler. It should work without major problems.
 If your system does not have some include libraries you can tune up in
 OS_VMS_CONF.H file.
 
@@ -765,6 +765,15 @@ GNU_TOOLS.ZIP package downloadable from http://www.polarhome.com/vim/
 
 9. VMS related changes					*vms-changes*
 
+Version 8.2
+- make all changes needed for clean compile build of v8.2 on VMS on all platforms
+- fix the call mkdir bug (vicente_polo@yahoo.es) 
+- test on VSI OpenVMS Alpha and Itanium platforms
+- added LUA support
+- added XPM support - Motif GUI with toolbar on all platforms
+- XPM v3.4.11 libraries for IA64, AXP and VAX are added 
+- start integrating the new test scripts 
+
 Version 8.1
 - make necessary changes to build v8.1 on VMS
 

runtime/doc/pattern.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pattern.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Sep 01
+*pattern.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Jan 08
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -361,8 +361,8 @@ For starters, read chapter 27 of the user manual |usr_27.txt|.
 						*/atom*
 5. An atom can be one of a long list of items.  Many atoms match one character
    in the text.  It is often an ordinary character or a character class.
-   Braces can be used to make a pattern into an atom.  The "\z(\)" construct
-   is only for syntax highlighting.
+   Parentheses can be used to make a pattern into an atom.  The "\z(\)"
+   construct is only for syntax highlighting.
 
    atom    ::=	    ordinary-atom		|/ordinary-atom|
 		or  \( pattern \)		|/\(|
@@ -394,15 +394,19 @@ the pattern will not match.  This is only useful when debugging Vim.
 ==============================================================================
 3. Magic							*/magic*
 
-Some characters in the pattern are taken literally.  They match with the same
-character in the text.  When preceded with a backslash however, these
-characters get a special meaning.
+Some characters in the pattern, such as letters, are taken literally.  They
+match exactly the same character in the text.  When preceded with a backslash
+however, these characters may get a special meaning.  For example, "a" matches
+the letter "a", while "\a" matches any alphabetic character.
 
 Other characters have a special meaning without a backslash.  They need to be
-preceded with a backslash to match literally.
+preceded with a backslash to match literally.  For example "." matches any
+character while "\." matches a dot.
 
 If a character is taken literally or not depends on the 'magic' option and the
-items mentioned next.
+items in the pattern mentioned next.  The 'magic' option should always be set,
+but it can be switched off for Vi compatibility.  We mention the effect of
+'nomagic' here for completeness, but we recommend against using that.
 							*/\m* */\M*
 Use of "\m" makes the pattern after it be interpreted as if 'magic' is set,
 ignoring the actual value of the 'magic' option.
@@ -411,30 +415,28 @@ Use of "\M" makes the pattern after it be interpreted as if 'nomagic' is used.
 Use of "\v" means that after it, all ASCII characters except '0'-'9', 'a'-'z',
 'A'-'Z' and '_' have special meaning: "very magic"
 
-Use of "\V" means that after it, only a backslash and terminating character
-(usually / or ?) have special meaning: "very nomagic"
+Use of "\V" means that after it, only a backslash and the terminating
+character (usually / or ?) have special meaning: "very nomagic"
 
 Examples:
 after:	  \v	   \m	    \M	     \V		matches ~
 		'magic' 'nomagic'
-	  $	   $	    $	     \$		matches end-of-line
-	  .	   .	    \.	     \.		matches any character
+	  a	   a	    a	     a		literal 'a'
+	  \a	   \a	    \a	     \a		any alphabetic character
+	  .	   .	    \.	     \.		any character
+	  \.	   \.	    .	     .		literal dot
+	  $	   $	    $	     \$		end-of-line
 	  *	   *	    \*	     \*		any number of the previous atom
 	  ~	   ~	    \~	     \~		latest substitute string
-	  ()	   \(\)     \(\)     \(\)	grouping into an atom
-	  |	   \|	    \|	     \|		separating alternatives
-	  \a	   \a	    \a	     \a		alphabetic character
+	  ()	   \(\)     \(\)     \(\)	group as an atom
+	  |	   \|	    \|	     \|		nothing: separates alternatives
 	  \\	   \\	    \\	     \\		literal backslash
-	  \.	   \.	    .	     .		literal dot
-	  \{	   {	    {	     {		literal '{'
-	  a	   a	    a	     a		literal 'a'
+	  \{	   {	    {	     {		literal curly brace
 
 {only Vim supports \m, \M, \v and \V}
 
-It is recommended to always keep the 'magic' option at the default setting,
-which is 'magic'.  This avoids portability problems.  To make a pattern immune
-to the 'magic' option being set or not, put "\m" or "\M" at the start of the
-pattern.
+If you want to you can make a pattern immune to the 'magic' option being set
+or not by putting "\m" or "\M" at the start of the pattern.
 
 ==============================================================================
 4. Overview of pattern items				*pattern-overview*
@@ -676,7 +678,7 @@ overview.
 
 	Note that using "\&" works the same as using "\@=": "foo\&.." is the
 	same as "\(foo\)\@=..".  But using "\&" is easier, you don't need the
-	braces.
+	parentheses.
 
 
 							*/\@!*
@@ -1069,8 +1071,8 @@ x	A single character, with no special meaning, matches itself
 
 []	(with 'nomagic': \[])		*/[]* */\[]* */\_[]* */collection*
 \_[]
-	A collection.  This is a sequence of characters enclosed in brackets.
-	It matches any single character in the collection.
+	A collection.  This is a sequence of characters enclosed in square
+	brackets.  It matches any single character in the collection.
 	Example		matches ~
 	[xyz]		any 'x', 'y' or 'z'
 	[a-zA-Z]$	any alphabetic character at the end of a line
@@ -1129,11 +1131,12 @@ x	A single character, with no special meaning, matches itself
 *[:ident:]*	  [:ident:]		identifier character (same as "\i")
 *[:keyword:]*	  [:keyword:]		keyword character (same as "\k")
 *[:fname:]*	  [:fname:]		file name character (same as "\f")
-	  The brackets in character class expressions are additional to the
-	  brackets delimiting a collection.  For example, the following is a
-	  plausible pattern for a UNIX filename: "[-./[:alnum:]_~]\+" That is,
-	  a list of at least one character, each of which is either '-', '.',
-	  '/', alphabetic, numeric, '_' or '~'.
+	  The square brackets in character class expressions are additional to
+	  the square brackets delimiting a collection.  For example, the
+	  following is a plausible pattern for a UNIX filename:
+	  "[-./[:alnum:]_~]\+".  That is, a list of at least one character,
+	  each of which is either '-', '.', '/', alphabetic, numeric, '_' or
+	  '~'.
 	  These items only work for 8-bit characters, except [:lower:] and
 	  [:upper:] also work for multibyte characters when using the new
 	  regexp engine.  See |two-engines|.  In the future these items may
@@ -1176,7 +1179,7 @@ x	A single character, with no special meaning, matches itself
 		\b	<BS>
 		\n	line break, see above |/[\n]|
 		\d123	decimal number of character
-		\o40	octal number of character up to 0377
+		\o40	octal number of character up to 0o377
 		\x20	hexadecimal number of character up to 0xff
 		\u20AC	hex. number of multibyte character up to 0xffff
 		\U1234	hex. number of multibyte character up to 0xffffffff
@@ -1214,7 +1217,8 @@ x	A single character, with no special meaning, matches itself
 \%d123	Matches the character specified with a decimal number.  Must be
 	followed by a non-digit.
 \%o40	Matches the character specified with an octal number up to 0377.
-	Numbers below 040 must be followed by a non-octal digit or a non-digit.
+	Numbers below 0o40 must be followed by a non-octal digit or a
+	non-digit.
 \%x2a	Matches the character specified with up to two hexadecimal characters.
 \%u20AC	Matches the character specified with up to four hexadecimal
 	characters.

runtime/doc/popup.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*popup.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Oct 17
+*popup.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Feb 06
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ CLOSING THE POPUP WINDOW				*popup-close*
 
 Normally the plugin that created the popup window is also in charge of closing
 it.  If somehow a popup hangs around, you can close all of them with: >
-	call popup_clear()
+	call popup_clear(1)
 Some popups, such as notifications, close after a specified time.  This can be
 set with the "time" property on `popup_create()`.
 Otherwise, a popup can be closed by clicking on the X in the top-right corner
@@ -309,8 +309,8 @@ popup_dialog({what}, {options})				*popup_dialog()*
 
 popup_filter_menu({id}, {key})				*popup_filter_menu()*
 		Filter that can be used for a popup. These keys can be used:
-		    j <Down>		select item below
-		    k <Up>		select item above
+		    j <Down> <C-N>	select item below
+		    k <Up> <C-P>	select item above
 		    <Space> <Enter>	accept current selection
 		    x Esc CTRL-C	cancel the menu
 		Other keys are ignored.
@@ -588,8 +588,6 @@ properties.  It is in one of four forms:
 
 If you want to create a new buffer yourself use |bufadd()| and pass the buffer
 number to popup_create().
-It is not possible to use the buffer of a terminal window. *E278*  You CAN
-create a hidden terminal buffer and use that one in a popup window.
 
 The second argument of |popup_create()| is a dictionary with options:
 	line		Screen line where to position the popup.  Can use a
@@ -622,7 +620,8 @@ The second argument of |popup_create()| is a dictionary with options:
 			property moves.  Use an empty string to remove.  See
 			|popup-textprop-pos|.
 	textpropwin	What window to search for the text property.  When
-			omitted or invalid the current window is used.
+			omitted or invalid the current window is used.  Used
+			when "textprop" is present.
 	textpropid	Used to identify the text property when "textprop" is
 			present. Use zero to reset.
 	fixed		When FALSE (the default), and:

runtime/doc/quickfix.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*quickfix.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 May 31
+*quickfix.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Feb 05
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -1025,6 +1025,12 @@ commands can be combined to create a NewGrep command: >
 			'smartcase' is not used.
 			If {pattern} is empty (e.g. // is specified), the last
 			used search pattern is used. |last-pattern|
+
+			|QuickFixCmdPre| and |QuickFixCmdPost| are triggered.
+			A file that is opened for matching may use a buffer
+			number, but it is reused if possible to avoid
+			consuming buffer numbers.
+
 :{count}vim[grep] ...
 			When a number is put before the command this is used
 			as the maximum number of matches to find.  Use

runtime/doc/repeat.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*repeat.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Oct 09
+*repeat.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Jan 23
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -354,6 +354,16 @@ For writing a Vim script, see chapter 41 of the user manual |usr_41.txt|.
 			Vim version, or update Vim to a newer version.  See
 			|vimscript-version| for what changed between versions.
 
+:vim9s[cript] [noclear]				*:vim9s* *:vim9script*
+			Marks a script file as containing |Vim9-script|
+			commands.  Also see |vim9-namespace|.
+			Must be the first command in the file.
+			For [noclear] see |vim9-reload|.
+			Without the |+eval| feature this changes the syntax
+			for some commands.
+			See |:vim9cmd| for executing one command with Vim9
+			syntax and semantics.
+			 
 						*:scr* *:scriptnames*
 :scr[iptnames]		List all sourced script names, in the order they were
 			first sourced.  The number is used for the script ID
@@ -891,8 +901,9 @@ matches ".../plugin/explorer.vim", ".../plugin/iexplorer.vim", etc. >
 matches ".../plugin/explorer.vim" and "explorer.vim" in any other directory.
 
 The match for functions is done against the name as it's shown in the output
-of ":function".  For local functions this means that something like "<SNR>99_"
-is prepended.
+of ":function".  However, for local functions the script-specific prefix such
+as "<SNR>99_" is ignored to make it easier to match script-local functions
+without knowing the ID of the script.
 
 Note that functions are first loaded and later executed.  When they are loaded
 the "file" breakpoints are checked, when they are executed the "func"
@@ -947,10 +958,10 @@ OBSCURE
 
 Profiling means that Vim measures the time that is spent on executing
 functions and/or scripts.  The |+profile| feature is required for this.
-It is only included when Vim was compiled with "huge" features.
+It is included when Vim was compiled with "huge" features.
 
 You can also use the |reltime()| function to measure time.  This only requires
-the |+reltime| feature, which is present more often.
+the |+reltime| feature, which is present in more builds.
 
 For profiling syntax highlighting see |:syntime|.
 
@@ -997,7 +1008,12 @@ For example, to profile the one_script.vim script file: >
 
 
 You must always start with a ":profile start fname" command.  The resulting
-file is written when Vim exits.  Here is an example of the output, with line
+file is written when Vim exits.  For example, to profile one specific
+function: >
+	profile start /tmp/vimprofile
+	profile func MyFunc
+
+Here is an example of the output, with line
 numbers prepended for the explanation:
 
   1 FUNCTION  Test2() ~

runtime/doc/starting.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*starting.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Sep 23
+*starting.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Feb 10
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -996,7 +996,7 @@ version 5.0) are not recognized.
 
 MS-Windows line separators ~
 
-On MS-Windows, Vim assumes that all the vimrc files have <CR> <NL> pairs as
+On MS-Windows, Vim assumes that all the vimrc files have <CR><NL> pairs as
 line separators.  This will give problems if you have a file with only <NL>s
 and have a line like ":map xx yy^M".  The trailing ^M will be ignored.
 
@@ -1344,7 +1344,11 @@ resulting file, when executed with a ":source" command:
    "options".  Script-local mappings will not be written.
 2. Restores global variables that start with an uppercase letter and contain
    at least one lowercase letter, if 'sessionoptions' contains "globals".
-3. Unloads all currently loaded buffers.
+3. Closes all windows in the current tab page, except the current one; closes
+   all tab pages except the current one (this results in currently loaded
+   buffers to be unloaded, some may become hidden if 'hidden' is set or
+   otherwise specified); wipes out the current buffer, if it is empty
+   and unnamed.
 4. Restores the current directory if 'sessionoptions' contains "curdir", or
    sets the current directory to where the Session file is if 'sessionoptions'
    contains "sesdir".
@@ -1640,13 +1644,17 @@ either have to fix the error, or delete the file (while Vim is running, so
 most of the information will be restored).
 
 						   *:rv* *:rviminfo* *E195*
-:rv[iminfo][!] [file]	Read from viminfo file [file] (default: see above).
+:rv[iminfo][!] [file]	Read from viminfo file [file] (default: see
+			|viminfo-file-name| above).
 			If [!] is given, then any information that is
 			already set (registers, marks, |v:oldfiles|, etc.)
 			will be overwritten
 
 			*:wv* *:wviminfo* *E137* *E138* *E574* *E886* *E929*
-:wv[iminfo][!] [file]	Write to viminfo file [file] (default: see above).
+:wv[iminfo][!] [file]	Write to viminfo file [file] (default: see
+			|viminfo-file-name| above).
+			This command has no effect when 'viminfofile' has been
+			set to "NONE".
 			The information in the file is first read in to make
 			a merge between old and new info.  When [!] is used,
 			the old information is not read first, only the

runtime/doc/syntax.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*syntax.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Aug 15
+*syntax.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Jan 21
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -66,8 +66,8 @@ This command also sources the |menu.vim| script when the GUI is running or
 will start soon.  See |'go-M'| about avoiding that.
 
 							*:syn-on* *:syntax-on*
-The `:syntax enable` command will keep your current color settings.  This
-allows using `:highlight` commands to set your preferred colors before or
+The `:syntax enable` command will keep most of your current color settings.
+This allows using `:highlight` commands to set your preferred colors before or
 after using this command.  If you want Vim to overrule your settings with the
 defaults, use: >
 	:syntax on
@@ -2335,11 +2335,12 @@ http://papp.plan9.de.
 
 PASCAL						*pascal.vim* *ft-pascal-syntax*
 
-Files matching "*.p" could be Progress or Pascal.  If the automatic detection
-doesn't work for you, or you don't edit Progress at all, use this in your
-startup vimrc: >
+Files matching "*.p" could be Progress or Pascal and those matching "*.pp"
+could be Puppet or Pascal.  If the automatic detection doesn't work for you,
+or you only edit Pascal files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
 
-   :let filetype_p = "pascal"
+   :let filetype_p  = "pascal"
+   :let filetype_pp = "pascal"
 
 The Pascal syntax file has been extended to take into account some extensions
 provided by Turbo Pascal, Free Pascal Compiler and GNU Pascal Compiler.
@@ -3006,7 +3007,7 @@ vimrc file: >
 (Adapted from the html.vim help text by Claudio Fleiner <claudio@fleiner.com>)
 
 
-		*ft-posix-synax* *ft-dash-syntax*
+		*ft-posix-syntax* *ft-dash-syntax*
 SH		*sh.vim*  *ft-sh-syntax*  *ft-bash-syntax*  *ft-ksh-syntax*
 
 This covers syntax highlighting for the older Unix (Bourne) sh, and newer
@@ -3183,6 +3184,7 @@ redrawing can become slow.
 
 
 TEX				*tex.vim* *ft-tex-syntax* *latex-syntax*
+				*syntax-tex* *syntax-latex*
 
 			Tex Contents~
 	Tex: Want Syntax Folding?			|tex-folding|
@@ -3199,6 +3201,7 @@ TEX				*tex.vim* *ft-tex-syntax* *latex-syntax*
 	Tex: Selective Conceal Mode			|g:tex_conceal|
 	Tex: Controlling iskeyword			|g:tex_isk|
 	Tex: Fine Subscript and Superscript Control	|tex-supersub|
+	Tex: Match Check Control			|tex-matchcheck|
 
 				*tex-folding* *g:tex_fold_enabled*
  Tex: Want Syntax Folding? ~
@@ -3422,6 +3425,22 @@ syntax highlighting script handles this with the following logic:
 <	in ~/.vim/ftplugin/tex/tex.vim in order to avoid having inscrutable
 	utf-8 glyphs appear.
 
+					*tex-matchcheck* *g:tex_matchcheck*
+ Tex: Match Check Control~
+
+	Sometimes one actually wants mismatched parentheses, square braces,
+	and or curly braces; for example, \text{(1,10] is a range from but
+	not including 1 to and including 10}.  This wish, of course, conflicts
+	with the desire to provide delimiter mismatch detection.  To
+	accommodate these conflicting goals, syntax/tex.vim provides >
+		g:tex_matchcheck = '[({[]'
+<	which is shown along with its default setting.  So, if one doesn't
+	want [] and () to be checked for mismatches, try using >
+		let g:tex_matchcheck= '[{}]'
+<	If you don't want matching to occur inside bold and italicized
+	regions, >
+		let g:tex_excludematcher= 1
+<	will prevent the texMatcher group from being included in those regions.
 
 TF						*tf.vim* *ft-tf-syntax*
 
@@ -5305,6 +5324,12 @@ If you like Question highlighting for C comments, put this in your vimrc file: >
 Without the "default" in the C syntax file, the highlighting would be
 overruled when the syntax file is loaded.
 
+To have a link survive `:highlight clear`, which is useful if you have
+highlighting for a specific filetype and you want to keep it when selecting
+another color scheme, put a command like this in the
+"after/syntax/{filetype}.vim" file: >
+    highlight! default link cComment Question
+
 ==============================================================================
 15. Cleaning up						*:syn-clear* *E391*
 

runtime/doc/tags

@@ -1045,6 +1045,8 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 't_da'	term.txt	/*'t_da'*
 't_db'	term.txt	/*'t_db'*
 't_dl'	term.txt	/*'t_dl'*
+'t_fd'	term.txt	/*'t_fd'*
+'t_fe'	term.txt	/*'t_fe'*
 't_fs'	term.txt	/*'t_fs'*
 't_k1'	term.txt	/*'t_k1'*
 't_k2'	term.txt	/*'t_k2'*
@@ -1290,6 +1292,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 +cmdline_compl	various.txt	/*+cmdline_compl*
 +cmdline_hist	various.txt	/*+cmdline_hist*
 +cmdline_info	various.txt	/*+cmdline_info*
++cmdwin	various.txt	/*+cmdwin*
 +comments	various.txt	/*+comments*
 +conceal	various.txt	/*+conceal*
 +cryptv	various.txt	/*+cryptv*
@@ -1783,6 +1786,8 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 09.2	usr_09.txt	/*09.2*
 09.3	usr_09.txt	/*09.3*
 09.4	usr_09.txt	/*09.4*
+0o	eval.txt	/*0o*
+0x	eval.txt	/*0x*
 10.1	usr_10.txt	/*10.1*
 10.2	usr_10.txt	/*10.2*
 10.3	usr_10.txt	/*10.3*
@@ -1994,6 +1999,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :AdaTagFile	ft_ada.txt	/*:AdaTagFile*
 :AdaTypes	ft_ada.txt	/*:AdaTypes*
 :Arguments	terminal.txt	/*:Arguments*
+:Asm	terminal.txt	/*:Asm*
 :Break	terminal.txt	/*:Break*
 :Cfilter	quickfix.txt	/*:Cfilter*
 :Clear	terminal.txt	/*:Clear*
@@ -2072,6 +2078,11 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :_#<	cmdline.txt	/*:_#<*
 :_#n	cmdline.txt	/*:_#n*
 :_%	cmdline.txt	/*:_%*
+:_%%	cmdline.txt	/*:_%%*
+:_%%%	cmdline.txt	/*:_%%%*
+:_%%0	cmdline.txt	/*:_%%0*
+:_%%<	cmdline.txt	/*:_%%<*
+:_%%n	cmdline.txt	/*:_%%n*
 :_%:	cmdline.txt	/*:_%:*
 :_%<	cmdline.txt	/*:_%<*
 :a	insert.txt	/*:a*
@@ -2125,6 +2136,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :bad	windows.txt	/*:bad*
 :badd	windows.txt	/*:badd*
 :ball	windows.txt	/*:ball*
+:balt	windows.txt	/*:balt*
 :bar	cmdline.txt	/*:bar*
 :bd	windows.txt	/*:bd*
 :bdel	windows.txt	/*:bdel*
@@ -2724,6 +2736,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :map-<unique>	map.txt	/*:map-<unique>*
 :map-alt-keys	map.txt	/*:map-alt-keys*
 :map-arguments	map.txt	/*:map-arguments*
+:map-cmd	map.txt	/*:map-cmd*
 :map-commands	map.txt	/*:map-commands*
 :map-expression	map.txt	/*:map-expression*
 :map-local	map.txt	/*:map-local*
@@ -3102,9 +3115,11 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :sip	change.txt	/*:sip*
 :sir	change.txt	/*:sir*
 :sl	various.txt	/*:sl*
+:sl!	various.txt	/*:sl!*
 :sla	windows.txt	/*:sla*
 :slast	windows.txt	/*:slast*
 :sleep	various.txt	/*:sleep*
+:sleep!	various.txt	/*:sleep!*
 :sm	change.txt	/*:sm*
 :smagic	change.txt	/*:smagic*
 :smap	map.txt	/*:smap*
@@ -3387,8 +3402,8 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :vie	editing.txt	/*:vie*
 :view	editing.txt	/*:view*
 :vim	quickfix.txt	/*:vim*
-:vim9	vim9.txt	/*:vim9*
-:vim9script	vim9.txt	/*:vim9script*
+:vim9	repeat.txt	/*:vim9*
+:vim9script	repeat.txt	/*:vim9script*
 :vimgrep	quickfix.txt	/*:vimgrep*
 :vimgrepa	quickfix.txt	/*:vimgrepa*
 :vimgrepadd	quickfix.txt	/*:vimgrepadd*
@@ -3506,6 +3521,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 <CSI>	intro.txt	/*<CSI>*
 <Char->	map.txt	/*<Char->*
 <Char>	map.txt	/*<Char>*
+<Cmd>	map.txt	/*<Cmd>*
 <CursorHold>	autocmd.txt	/*<CursorHold>*
 <D-	intro.txt	/*<D-*
 <D-c>	os_mac.txt	/*<D-c>*
@@ -3923,8 +3939,12 @@ E1112	eval.txt	/*E1112*
 E1113	eval.txt	/*E1113*
 E112	eval.txt	/*E112*
 E113	eval.txt	/*E113*
+E1135	map.txt	/*E1135*
+E1136	map.txt	/*E1136*
+E1137	map.txt	/*E1137*
 E114	eval.txt	/*E114*
 E115	eval.txt	/*E115*
+E1155	autocmd.txt	/*E1155*
 E116	eval.txt	/*E116*
 E117	eval.txt	/*E117*
 E118	eval.txt	/*E118*
@@ -4014,7 +4034,6 @@ E194	message.txt	/*E194*
 E195	starting.txt	/*E195*
 E196	various.txt	/*E196*
 E197	mlang.txt	/*E197*
-E198	options.txt	/*E198*
 E199	cmdline.txt	/*E199*
 E20	motion.txt	/*E20*
 E200	autocmd.txt	/*E200*
@@ -4100,7 +4119,6 @@ E274	eval.txt	/*E274*
 E275	textprop.txt	/*E275*
 E276	eval.txt	/*E276*
 E277	remote.txt	/*E277*
-E278	popup.txt	/*E278*
 E279	terminal.txt	/*E279*
 E28	syntax.txt	/*E28*
 E280	if_tcl.txt	/*E280*
@@ -4166,7 +4184,6 @@ E337	gui.txt	/*E337*
 E338	editing.txt	/*E338*
 E339	message.txt	/*E339*
 E34	various.txt	/*E34*
-E340	vi_diff.txt	/*E340*
 E341	message.txt	/*E341*
 E342	message.txt	/*E342*
 E343	options.txt	/*E343*
@@ -4374,7 +4391,6 @@ E534	options.txt	/*E534*
 E535	options.txt	/*E535*
 E536	options.txt	/*E536*
 E537	options.txt	/*E537*
-E538	options.txt	/*E538*
 E539	options.txt	/*E539*
 E54	pattern.txt	/*E54*
 E540	options.txt	/*E540*
@@ -5145,10 +5161,14 @@ VIMINIT	starting.txt	/*VIMINIT*
 VMS	os_vms.txt	/*VMS*
 Vi	intro.txt	/*Vi*
 View	starting.txt	/*View*
+Vim9	vim9.txt	/*Vim9*
+Vim9-script	vim9.txt	/*Vim9-script*
 VimEnter	autocmd.txt	/*VimEnter*
 VimLeave	autocmd.txt	/*VimLeave*
 VimLeavePre	autocmd.txt	/*VimLeavePre*
 VimResized	autocmd.txt	/*VimResized*
+VimResume	autocmd.txt	/*VimResume*
+VimSuspend	autocmd.txt	/*VimSuspend*
 Vimball-copyright	pi_vimball.txt	/*Vimball-copyright*
 Virtual-Replace-mode	insert.txt	/*Virtual-Replace-mode*
 VisVim	if_ole.txt	/*VisVim*
@@ -5554,6 +5574,10 @@ c_##	cmdline.txt	/*c_##*
 c_#<	cmdline.txt	/*c_#<*
 c_#n	cmdline.txt	/*c_#n*
 c_%	cmdline.txt	/*c_%*
+c_%%	cmdline.txt	/*c_%%*
+c_%%%#	cmdline.txt	/*c_%%%#*
+c_%%<	cmdline.txt	/*c_%%<*
+c_%%n	cmdline.txt	/*c_%%n*
 c_<BS>	cmdline.txt	/*c_<BS>*
 c_<C-Left>	cmdline.txt	/*c_<C-Left>*
 c_<C-R>	cmdline.txt	/*c_<C-R>*
@@ -5737,8 +5761,10 @@ characterwise	motion.txt	/*characterwise*
 characterwise-register	change.txt	/*characterwise-register*
 characterwise-visual	visual.txt	/*characterwise-visual*
 charclass()	eval.txt	/*charclass()*
+charcol()	eval.txt	/*charcol()*
 charconvert_from-variable	eval.txt	/*charconvert_from-variable*
 charconvert_to-variable	eval.txt	/*charconvert_to-variable*
+charidx()	eval.txt	/*charidx()*
 charity	uganda.txt	/*charity*
 charset	mbyte.txt	/*charset*
 charset-conversion	mbyte.txt	/*charset-conversion*
@@ -6249,6 +6275,7 @@ exepath()	eval.txt	/*exepath()*
 exim	starting.txt	/*exim*
 exists()	eval.txt	/*exists()*
 exiting	starting.txt	/*exiting*
+exiting-variable	eval.txt	/*exiting-variable*
 exp()	eval.txt	/*exp()*
 expand()	eval.txt	/*expand()*
 expand-env	options.txt	/*expand-env*
@@ -6326,6 +6353,7 @@ expression-commands	eval.txt	/*expression-commands*
 expression-syntax	eval.txt	/*expression-syntax*
 exrc	starting.txt	/*exrc*
 extend()	eval.txt	/*extend()*
+extendnew()	eval.txt	/*extendnew()*
 extension-removal	cmdline.txt	/*extension-removal*
 extensions-improvements	todo.txt	/*extensions-improvements*
 f	motion.txt	/*f*
@@ -6390,6 +6418,7 @@ fixed-7.2	version7.txt	/*fixed-7.2*
 fixed-7.3	version7.txt	/*fixed-7.3*
 fixed-7.4	version7.txt	/*fixed-7.4*
 flatten()	eval.txt	/*flatten()*
+flattennew()	eval.txt	/*flattennew()*
 flexwiki.vim	syntax.txt	/*flexwiki.vim*
 float-e	eval.txt	/*float-e*
 float-functions	usr_41.txt	/*float-functions*
@@ -6405,7 +6434,26 @@ fname_new-variable	eval.txt	/*fname_new-variable*
 fname_out-variable	eval.txt	/*fname_out-variable*
 fnameescape()	eval.txt	/*fnameescape()*
 fnamemodify()	eval.txt	/*fnamemodify()*
+fo-1	change.txt	/*fo-1*
+fo-2	change.txt	/*fo-2*
+fo-B	change.txt	/*fo-B*
+fo-M	change.txt	/*fo-M*
+fo-]	change.txt	/*fo-]*
+fo-a	change.txt	/*fo-a*
+fo-b	change.txt	/*fo-b*
+fo-c	change.txt	/*fo-c*
+fo-j	change.txt	/*fo-j*
+fo-l	change.txt	/*fo-l*
+fo-m	change.txt	/*fo-m*
+fo-n	change.txt	/*fo-n*
+fo-o	change.txt	/*fo-o*
+fo-p	change.txt	/*fo-p*
+fo-q	change.txt	/*fo-q*
+fo-r	change.txt	/*fo-r*
+fo-t	change.txt	/*fo-t*
 fo-table	change.txt	/*fo-table*
+fo-v	change.txt	/*fo-v*
+fo-w	change.txt	/*fo-w*
 fold-behavior	fold.txt	/*fold-behavior*
 fold-colors	fold.txt	/*fold-colors*
 fold-commands	fold.txt	/*fold-commands*
@@ -6549,7 +6597,7 @@ ft-php-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-php-syntax*
 ft-php3-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-php3-syntax*
 ft-phtml-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-phtml-syntax*
 ft-plaintex-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-plaintex-syntax*
-ft-posix-synax	syntax.txt	/*ft-posix-synax*
+ft-posix-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-posix-syntax*
 ft-postscr-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-postscr-syntax*
 ft-ppwiz-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-ppwiz-syntax*
 ft-printcap-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-printcap-syntax*
@@ -6618,6 +6666,7 @@ ftplugin-name	usr_05.txt	/*ftplugin-name*
 ftplugin-overrule	filetype.txt	/*ftplugin-overrule*
 ftplugin-special	usr_41.txt	/*ftplugin-special*
 ftplugins	usr_05.txt	/*ftplugins*
+fullcommand()	eval.txt	/*fullcommand()*
 funcref()	eval.txt	/*funcref()*
 function()	eval.txt	/*function()*
 function-argument	eval.txt	/*function-argument*
@@ -6856,6 +6905,7 @@ g:tex_fast	syntax.txt	/*g:tex_fast*
 g:tex_flavor	filetype.txt	/*g:tex_flavor*
 g:tex_fold_enabled	syntax.txt	/*g:tex_fold_enabled*
 g:tex_isk	syntax.txt	/*g:tex_isk*
+g:tex_matchcheck	syntax.txt	/*g:tex_matchcheck*
 g:tex_no_error	syntax.txt	/*g:tex_no_error*
 g:tex_nospell	syntax.txt	/*g:tex_nospell*
 g:tex_stylish	syntax.txt	/*g:tex_stylish*
@@ -6929,6 +6979,7 @@ getbufvar()	eval.txt	/*getbufvar()*
 getchangelist()	eval.txt	/*getchangelist()*
 getchar()	eval.txt	/*getchar()*
 getcharmod()	eval.txt	/*getcharmod()*
+getcharpos()	eval.txt	/*getcharpos()*
 getcharsearch()	eval.txt	/*getcharsearch()*
 getcmdline()	eval.txt	/*getcmdline()*
 getcmdpos()	eval.txt	/*getcmdpos()*
@@ -6936,6 +6987,7 @@ getcmdtype()	eval.txt	/*getcmdtype()*
 getcmdwintype()	eval.txt	/*getcmdwintype()*
 getcompletion()	eval.txt	/*getcompletion()*
 getcurpos()	eval.txt	/*getcurpos()*
+getcursorcharpos()	eval.txt	/*getcursorcharpos()*
 getcwd()	eval.txt	/*getcwd()*
 getenv()	eval.txt	/*getenv()*
 getfontname()	eval.txt	/*getfontname()*
@@ -7136,6 +7188,7 @@ hebrew	hebrew.txt	/*hebrew*
 hebrew.txt	hebrew.txt	/*hebrew.txt*
 help	helphelp.txt	/*help*
 help-context	help.txt	/*help-context*
+help-curwin	tips.txt	/*help-curwin*
 help-summary	usr_02.txt	/*help-summary*
 help-tags	tags	1
 help-translated	helphelp.txt	/*help-translated*
@@ -7584,6 +7637,7 @@ lc_time-variable	eval.txt	/*lc_time-variable*
 lcs-conceal	options.txt	/*lcs-conceal*
 lcs-eol	options.txt	/*lcs-eol*
 lcs-extends	options.txt	/*lcs-extends*
+lcs-lead	options.txt	/*lcs-lead*
 lcs-nbsp	options.txt	/*lcs-nbsp*
 lcs-precedes	options.txt	/*lcs-precedes*
 lcs-space	options.txt	/*lcs-space*
@@ -7612,6 +7666,7 @@ linewise-visual	visual.txt	/*linewise-visual*
 lisp.vim	syntax.txt	/*lisp.vim*
 lispindent()	eval.txt	/*lispindent()*
 list	eval.txt	/*list*
+list-concatenation	eval.txt	/*list-concatenation*
 list-functions	usr_41.txt	/*list-functions*
 list-identity	eval.txt	/*list-identity*
 list-index	eval.txt	/*list-index*
@@ -7745,6 +7800,7 @@ mapmode-s	map.txt	/*mapmode-s*
 mapmode-t	map.txt	/*mapmode-t*
 mapmode-v	map.txt	/*mapmode-v*
 mapmode-x	map.txt	/*mapmode-x*
+mapnew()	eval.txt	/*mapnew()*
 mapping	map.txt	/*mapping*
 mapping-functions	usr_41.txt	/*mapping-functions*
 mapset()	eval.txt	/*mapset()*
@@ -8236,9 +8292,12 @@ notation	intro.txt	/*notation*
 notepad	gui_w32.txt	/*notepad*
 nr2char()	eval.txt	/*nr2char()*
 nroff.vim	syntax.txt	/*nroff.vim*
+null	vim9.txt	/*null*
 null-variable	eval.txt	/*null-variable*
 number_relativenumber	options.txt	/*number_relativenumber*
 numbered-function	eval.txt	/*numbered-function*
+numbermax-variable	eval.txt	/*numbermax-variable*
+numbermin-variable	eval.txt	/*numbermin-variable*
 numbersize-variable	eval.txt	/*numbersize-variable*
 o	insert.txt	/*o*
 o_CTRL-V	motion.txt	/*o_CTRL-V*
@@ -8649,6 +8708,7 @@ read-in-close-cb	channel.txt	/*read-in-close-cb*
 read-messages	insert.txt	/*read-messages*
 read-only-share	editing.txt	/*read-only-share*
 read-stdin	version5.txt	/*read-stdin*
+readblob()	eval.txt	/*readblob()*
 readdir()	eval.txt	/*readdir()*
 readdirex()	eval.txt	/*readdirex()*
 readfile()	eval.txt	/*readfile()*
@@ -8847,8 +8907,10 @@ set-spc-auto	spell.txt	/*set-spc-auto*
 setbufline()	eval.txt	/*setbufline()*
 setbufvar()	eval.txt	/*setbufvar()*
 setcellwidths()	eval.txt	/*setcellwidths()*
+setcharpos()	eval.txt	/*setcharpos()*
 setcharsearch()	eval.txt	/*setcharsearch()*
 setcmdpos()	eval.txt	/*setcmdpos()*
+setcursorcharpos()	eval.txt	/*setcursorcharpos()*
 setenv()	eval.txt	/*setenv()*
 setfperm()	eval.txt	/*setfperm()*
 setline()	eval.txt	/*setline()*
@@ -8912,6 +8974,7 @@ sinh()	eval.txt	/*sinh()*
 skeleton	autocmd.txt	/*skeleton*
 skip_defaults_vim	starting.txt	/*skip_defaults_vim*
 slice	eval.txt	/*slice*
+slice()	eval.txt	/*slice()*
 slow-fast-terminal	term.txt	/*slow-fast-terminal*
 slow-start	starting.txt	/*slow-start*
 slow-terminal	term.txt	/*slow-terminal*
@@ -9167,8 +9230,10 @@ synstack()	eval.txt	/*synstack()*
 syntax	syntax.txt	/*syntax*
 syntax-functions	usr_41.txt	/*syntax-functions*
 syntax-highlighting	syntax.txt	/*syntax-highlighting*
+syntax-latex	syntax.txt	/*syntax-latex*
 syntax-loading	syntax.txt	/*syntax-loading*
 syntax-printing	usr_06.txt	/*syntax-printing*
+syntax-tex	syntax.txt	/*syntax-tex*
 syntax.txt	syntax.txt	/*syntax.txt*
 syntax_cmd	syntax.txt	/*syntax_cmd*
 sys-file-list	help.txt	/*sys-file-list*
@@ -9305,6 +9370,8 @@ t_f6	version4.txt	/*t_f6*
 t_f7	version4.txt	/*t_f7*
 t_f8	version4.txt	/*t_f8*
 t_f9	version4.txt	/*t_f9*
+t_fd	term.txt	/*t_fd*
+t_fe	term.txt	/*t_fe*
 t_float-variable	eval.txt	/*t_float-variable*
 t_fs	term.txt	/*t_fs*
 t_func-variable	eval.txt	/*t_func-variable*
@@ -9527,6 +9594,7 @@ termdebug-prompt	terminal.txt	/*termdebug-prompt*
 termdebug-starting	terminal.txt	/*termdebug-starting*
 termdebug-stepping	terminal.txt	/*termdebug-stepping*
 termdebug-variables	terminal.txt	/*termdebug-variables*
+termdebug_disasm_window	terminal.txt	/*termdebug_disasm_window*
 termdebug_map_K	terminal.txt	/*termdebug_map_K*
 termdebug_popup	terminal.txt	/*termdebug_popup*
 termdebug_shortcuts	terminal.txt	/*termdebug_shortcuts*
@@ -9603,6 +9671,7 @@ tex-cole	syntax.txt	/*tex-cole*
 tex-conceal	syntax.txt	/*tex-conceal*
 tex-error	syntax.txt	/*tex-error*
 tex-folding	syntax.txt	/*tex-folding*
+tex-matchcheck	syntax.txt	/*tex-matchcheck*
 tex-math	syntax.txt	/*tex-math*
 tex-morecommands	syntax.txt	/*tex-morecommands*
 tex-nospell	syntax.txt	/*tex-nospell*
@@ -9677,6 +9746,7 @@ type-inference	vim9.txt	/*type-inference*
 type-mistakes	tips.txt	/*type-mistakes*
 typecorr-settings	usr_41.txt	/*typecorr-settings*
 typecorr.txt	usr_41.txt	/*typecorr.txt*
+typename()	eval.txt	/*typename()*
 u	undo.txt	/*u*
 uganda	uganda.txt	/*uganda*
 uganda.txt	uganda.txt	/*uganda.txt*
@@ -9780,6 +9850,7 @@ v:errmsg	eval.txt	/*v:errmsg*
 v:errors	eval.txt	/*v:errors*
 v:event	eval.txt	/*v:event*
 v:exception	eval.txt	/*v:exception*
+v:exiting	eval.txt	/*v:exiting*
 v:false	eval.txt	/*v:false*
 v:fcs_choice	eval.txt	/*v:fcs_choice*
 v:fcs_reason	eval.txt	/*v:fcs_reason*
@@ -9803,6 +9874,8 @@ v:mouse_win	eval.txt	/*v:mouse_win*
 v:mouse_winid	eval.txt	/*v:mouse_winid*
 v:none	eval.txt	/*v:none*
 v:null	eval.txt	/*v:null*
+v:numbermax	eval.txt	/*v:numbermax*
+v:numbermin	eval.txt	/*v:numbermin*
 v:numbersize	eval.txt	/*v:numbersize*
 v:oldfiles	eval.txt	/*v:oldfiles*
 v:operator	eval.txt	/*v:operator*
@@ -10045,6 +10118,7 @@ vim8	version8.txt	/*vim8*
 vim9	vim9.txt	/*vim9*
 vim9-classes	vim9.txt	/*vim9-classes*
 vim9-const	vim9.txt	/*vim9-const*
+vim9-curly	vim9.txt	/*vim9-curly*
 vim9-declaration	vim9.txt	/*vim9-declaration*
 vim9-declarations	usr_46.txt	/*vim9-declarations*
 vim9-differences	vim9.txt	/*vim9-differences*
@@ -10052,11 +10126,13 @@ vim9-export	vim9.txt	/*vim9-export*
 vim9-final	vim9.txt	/*vim9-final*
 vim9-gotchas	vim9.txt	/*vim9-gotchas*
 vim9-import	vim9.txt	/*vim9-import*
+vim9-namespace	vim9.txt	/*vim9-namespace*
 vim9-rationale	vim9.txt	/*vim9-rationale*
+vim9-reload	vim9.txt	/*vim9-reload*
 vim9-scopes	vim9.txt	/*vim9-scopes*
-vim9-script	vim9.txt	/*vim9-script*
 vim9-script-intro	usr_46.txt	/*vim9-script-intro*
 vim9-types	vim9.txt	/*vim9-types*
+vim9-user-command	vim9.txt	/*vim9-user-command*
 vim9.txt	vim9.txt	/*vim9.txt*
 vim9script	vim9.txt	/*vim9script*
 vim:	options.txt	/*vim:*
@@ -10274,6 +10350,7 @@ xterm-command-server	term.txt	/*xterm-command-server*
 xterm-copy-paste	term.txt	/*xterm-copy-paste*
 xterm-cursor-keys	term.txt	/*xterm-cursor-keys*
 xterm-end-home-keys	term.txt	/*xterm-end-home-keys*
+xterm-focus-event	term.txt	/*xterm-focus-event*
 xterm-function-keys	term.txt	/*xterm-function-keys*
 xterm-modifier-keys	term.txt	/*xterm-modifier-keys*
 xterm-mouse	options.txt	/*xterm-mouse*

runtime/doc/tagsrch.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*tagsrch.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Apr 19
+*tagsrch.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Dec 19
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -556,7 +556,7 @@ The first format is a normal tag, which is completely compatible with Vi.  It
 is the only format produced by traditional ctags implementations.  This is
 often used for functions that are global, also referenced in other files.
 
-The lines in the tags file can end in <LF> or <CR><LF>.  On the Macintosh <CR>
+The lines in the tags file can end in <NL> or <CR><NL>.  On the Macintosh <CR>
 also works.  The <CR> and <NL> characters can never appear inside a line.
 
 The second format is new.  It includes additional information in optional

runtime/doc/term.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*term.txt*      For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Apr 12
+*term.txt*      For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Jan 14
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -217,6 +217,10 @@ it's different from Alt).  They can be combined.  Examples: >
 Another speciality about these codes is that they are not overwritten by
 another code.  That is to avoid that the codes obtained from xterm directly
 |t_RV| overwrite them.
+
+Another special value is a termcap entry ending in "@;*X".  This is for cursor
+keys, which either use "CSI X" or "CSI 1 ; modifier X".  Thus the "@"
+stands for either "1" if a modifier follows, or nothing.
 							*xterm-scroll-region*
 The default termcap entry for xterm on Sun and other platforms does not
 contain the entry for scroll regions.  Add ":cs=\E[%i%d;%dr:" to the xterm
@@ -369,6 +373,10 @@ Added by Vim (there are no standard codes for these):
 	t_Ri	restore icon text from stack			*t_Ri* *'t_Ri'*
 	t_TE	end of "raw" mode				*t_TE* *'t_TE'*
 	t_TI	put terminal into "raw" mode 			*t_TI* *'t_TI'*
+	t_fd	disable focus-event tracking 			*t_fd* *'t_fd'*
+		|xterm-focus-event|
+	t_fe	enable focus-event tracking 			*t_fe* *'t_fe'*
+		|xterm-focus-event|
 
 Some codes have a start, middle and end part.  The start and end are defined
 by the termcap option, the middle part is text.
@@ -542,6 +550,16 @@ And run "xrdb -merge .Xresources" to make it effective.  You can check the
 value with the context menu (right mouse button while CTRL key is pressed),
 there should be a tick at allow-window-ops.
 
+							*xterm-focus-event*
+Some terminals including xterm support the focus event tracking feature.
+If this feature is enabled by the 't_fe' sequence, special key sequences are
+sent from the terminal to Vim every time the terminal gains or loses focus.
+Vim fires focus events (|FocusGained|/|FocusLost|) by handling them accordingly.
+Focus event tracking is disabled by a 't_fd' sequence when exiting "raw" mode.
+If you would like to disable this feature, add the following to your .vimrc:
+	`set t_fd=`
+	`set t_fe=`
+
 							*termcap-colors*
 Note about colors: The 't_Co' option tells Vim the number of colors available.
 When it is non-zero, the 't_AB' and 't_AF' options are used to set the color.

runtime/doc/terminal.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*terminal.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Sep 04
+*terminal.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Feb 13
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -123,12 +123,31 @@ use |:tlmenu| instead of |:tmenu|.
 
 							*options-in-terminal*
 After opening the terminal window and setting 'buftype' to "terminal" the
-TerminalOpen autocommand event is triggered.  This makes it possible to set
-options specifically for the window and buffer.  Example: >
-   au TerminalOpen * if &buftype == 'terminal' | setlocal bufhidden=hide | endif
-The <abuf> is set to the terminal buffer, but if there is no window (hidden
-terminal) then setting options will happen in the wrong buffer, therefore the
-check for &buftype in the example.
+|TerminalWinOpen| autocommand event is triggered.  This makes it possible to set
+options specifically for the terminal window and buffer.  Example: >
+   au TerminalWinOpen * setlocal bufhidden=hide
+This only works properly if the terminal is not hidden.
+
+For both hidden and non-hidden terminals this works, both for buffer-local and
+window-local options: >
+   au TerminalWinOpen,BufWinEnter * if &buftype == 'terminal'
+        \ | setlocal bufhidden=hide colorcolumn=123
+        \ | endif
+Note that for a hidden terminal the options are not set until the terminal is
+no longer hidden.
+
+There is also the |TerminalOpen| event.  Keep in mind this may be triggered
+for a hidden terminal, then the current window and buffer are not that of the
+new terminal.
+You need to use <abuf>, which is set to the terminal buffer.  Example: >
+    au TerminalOpen * call setbufvar(expand('<abuf>')->str2nr(),
+	    \ '&termwinscroll', 1000)
+For a window-local option, you need to delay setting the option until the
+terminal window has been created (this only works for a hidden terminal): >
+    au TerminalOpen * exe printf(
+        \    'au BufWinEnter <buffer=%d> ++once setlocal colorcolumn=%d',
+        \       expand('<abuf>')->str2nr(), 123)
+For a non-hidden terminal use |TerminalWinOpen|.
 
 Mouse events (click and drag) are passed to the terminal.  Mouse move events
 are only passed when Vim itself is receiving them.  For a terminal that is
@@ -503,6 +522,8 @@ term_dumpdiff({filename}, {filename} [, {options}])
 			a	different attribute
 			+	missing position in first file
 			-	missing position in second file
+			>	cursor position in first file, not in second
+			<	cursor position in second file, not in first
 
 		Using the "s" key the top and bottom parts are swapped.  This
 		makes it easy to spot a difference.
@@ -713,6 +734,8 @@ term_scrape({buf}, {row})				*term_scrape()*
 		    "attr"	attributes of the cell, use |term_getattr()|
 				to get the individual flags
 		    "width"	cell width: 1 or 2
+		For a double-width cell there is one item, thus the list can
+		be shorter than the width of the terminal.
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetBufnr()->term_scrape(row)
@@ -738,6 +761,9 @@ term_setapi({buf}, {expr})				*term_setapi()*
 		The default is "Tapi_".  When {expr} is an empty string then
 		no |terminal-api| function can be used for {buf}.
 
+		When used as a method the base is used for {buf}: >
+			GetBufnr()->term_setapi({expr})
+
 term_setansicolors({buf}, {colors})			*term_setansicolors()*
 		Set the ANSI color palette used by terminal {buf}.
 		{colors} must be a List of 16 valid color names or hexadecimal
@@ -1323,6 +1349,8 @@ Other commands ~
  *:Program*    jump to the window with the running program
  *:Source*     jump to the window with the source code, create it if there
 	     isn't one
+ *:Asm*	     jump to the window with the disassembly, create it if there
+	     isn't one
 
 
 Prompt mode ~
@@ -1345,6 +1373,12 @@ Prompt mode can be used even when the |+terminal| feature is present with: >
 The K key is normally mapped to :Evaluate. If you do not want this use: >
 	let g:termdebug_map_K = 0
 
+<
+						*termdebug_disasm_window*
+If you want the Asm window shown by default, set this to 1. Setting to
+any value greater than 1 will set the Asm window height to that value: >
+	let g:termdebug_disasm_window = 15
+<
 
 Communication ~
 						*termdebug-communication*
@@ -1411,16 +1445,18 @@ If you don't want this then disable it with: >
 
 Vim window width						*termdebug_wide*
 
-To change the width of the Vim window when debugging starts, and use a
-vertical split: >
-  let g:termdebug_wide = 163
-This will set &columns to 163 when `:Termdebug` is used.  The value is restored
-when quitting the debugger.
-If g:termdebug_wide is set and &columns is already larger than
-g:termdebug_wide then a vertical split will be used without changing &columns.
-Set it to 1 to get a vertical split without every changing &columns (useful
-for when the terminal can't be resized by Vim).
+To change the width of the Vim window when debugging starts and use a vertical
+split: >
+	let g:termdebug_wide = 163
 
+This will set 'columns' to 163 when `:Termdebug` is used.  The value is
+restored when quitting the debugger.
+
+If g:termdebug_wide is set and 'columns' is already a greater value, then a
+vertical split will be used without modifying 'columns'.
+
+Set g:termdebug_wide to 1 to use a vertical split without ever changing
+'columns'.  This is useful when the terminal can't be resized by Vim.
 
 
  vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/testing.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*testing.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Sep 06
+*testing.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Dec 12
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -308,8 +308,11 @@ assert_fails({cmd} [, {error} [, {msg} [, {lnum} [, {context}]]]])
 		first reported error: >
 			assert_fails('cmd', ['E987:.*expected bool'])
 <		The second pattern, if present, is matched against the last
-		reported error.  To only match the last error use an empty
-		string for the first error: >
+		reported error.
+		If there is only one error then both patterns must match. This
+		can be used to check that there is only one error.
+		To only match the last error use an empty string for the first
+		error: >
 			assert_fails('cmd', ['', 'E987:'])
 <
 		If {msg} is empty then it is not used.  Do this to get the

runtime/doc/tips.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*tips.txt*      For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2009 Nov 07
+*tips.txt*      For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Dec 29
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -30,6 +30,7 @@ Executing shell commands in a window		|shell-window|
 Hex editing					|hex-editing|
 Using <> notation in autocommands		|autocmd-<>|
 Highlighting matching parens			|match-parens|
+Opening help in the current window		|help-curwin|
 
 ==============================================================================
 Editing C programs					*C-editing*
@@ -530,4 +531,28 @@ A slightly more advanced version is used in the |matchparen| plugin.
 	autocmd InsertEnter * match none
 <
 
+==============================================================================
+Opening help in the current window				*help-curwin*
+
+By default, help is displayed in a split window.  If you prefer it opens in
+the current window, try this custom `:HelpCurwin` command:
+>
+	command -bar -nargs=? -complete=help HelpCurwin execute s:HelpCurwin(<q-args>)
+	let s:did_open_help = v:false
+	
+	function s:HelpCurwin(subject) abort
+	  let mods = 'silent noautocmd keepalt'
+	  if !s:did_open_help
+	    execute mods .. ' help'
+	    execute mods .. ' helpclose'
+	    let s:did_open_help = v:true
+	  endif
+	  if !getcompletion(a:subject, 'help')->empty()
+	    execute mods .. ' edit ' .. &helpfile
+	  endif
+	  return 'help ' .. a:subject
+	endfunction
+<
+
+
  vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/undo.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*undo.txt*      For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Oct 18
+*undo.txt*      For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Nov 30
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -65,9 +65,9 @@ with the redo command.  If you make a new change after the undo command,
 the redo will not be possible anymore.
 
 'u' included, the Vi-compatible way:
-The undo command undoes the previous change, and also the previous undo command.
-The redo command repeats the previous undo command.  It does NOT repeat a
-change command, use "." for that.
+The undo command undoes the previous change, and also the previous undo
+command.  The redo command repeats the previous undo command.  It does NOT
+repeat a change command, use "." for that.
 
 Examples	Vim way			Vi-compatible way	~
 "uu"		two times undo		no-op
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ change again.  But you can do something like this: >
 
 	:undojoin | delete
 
-After this an "u" command will undo the delete command and the previous
+After this a "u" command will undo the delete command and the previous
 change.
 
 To do the opposite, break a change into two undo blocks, in Insert mode use

runtime/doc/usr_03.txt

@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ which moves to the previous end of a word:
 
 	This is a line with example text ~
 	   <----<----x---->------------>
-	   2ge   ge     e       we
+	   2ge   ge     e       2e
 
 If you are at the last word of a line, the "w" command will take you to the
 first word in the next line.  Thus you can use this to move through a

runtime/doc/usr_23.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_23.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2006 Apr 24
+*usr_23.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Dec 19
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -28,9 +28,9 @@ start a new line.  One to move the carriage back to the first position
 (carriage return, <CR>), another to move the paper up (line feed, <LF>).
    When computers came out, storage was expensive.  Some people decided that
 they did not need two characters for end-of-line.  The UNIX people decided
-they could use <Line Feed> only for end-of-line.  The Apple people
-standardized on <CR>.  The Microsoft Windows folks decided to keep
-the old <CR><LF>.
+they could use <New Line> or <NL> only for end-of-line.  The Apple people
+standardized on <CR>.  The Microsoft Windows folks decided to keep the old
+<CR><NL> (we use <NL> for line feed in the help text).
    This means that if you try to move a file from one system to another, you
 have line-break problems.  The Vim editor automatically recognizes the
 different file formats and handles things properly behind your back.
@@ -55,20 +55,20 @@ which format you have, execute the following command: >
 
 The three names that Vim uses are:
 
-	unix		<LF>
-	dos		<CR><LF>
+	unix		<NL>
+	dos		<CR><NL>
 	mac		<CR>
 
 
 USING THE MAC FORMAT
 
-On Unix, <LF> is used to break a line.  It's not unusual to have a <CR>
+On Unix, <NL> is used to break a line.  It's not unusual to have a <CR>
 character halfway a line.  Incidentally, this happens quite often in Vi (and
 Vim) scripts.
    On the Macintosh, where <CR> is the line break character, it's possible to
-have a <LF> character halfway a line.
+have a <NL> character halfway a line.
    The result is that it's not possible to be 100% sure whether a file
-containing both <CR> and <LF> characters is a Mac or a Unix file.  Therefore,
+containing both <CR> and <NL> characters is a Mac or a Unix file.  Therefore,
 Vim assumes that on Unix you probably won't edit a Mac file, and doesn't check
 for this type of file.  To check for this format anyway, add "mac" to
 'fileformats': >

runtime/doc/usr_41.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_41.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Aug 30
+*usr_41.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Feb 01
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -122,14 +122,14 @@ starts with a zero.  "017" is decimal 15.  A binary number starts with "0b" or
 decimal number, it will be interpreted as an octal number!
    The ":echo" command always prints decimal numbers.  Example: >
 
-	:echo 0x7f 036
+	:echo 0x7f 0o36
 <	127 30 ~
 
 A number is made negative with a minus sign.  This also works for hexadecimal,
 octal and binary numbers.  A minus sign is also used for subtraction.  Compare
 this with the previous example: >
 
-	:echo 0x7f -036
+	:echo 0x7f -0o36
 <	97 ~
 
 White space in an expression is ignored.  However, it's recommended to use it
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ for separating items, to make the expression easier to read.  For example, to
 avoid the confusion with a negative number above, put a space between the
 minus sign and the following number: >
 
-	:echo 0x7f - 036
+	:echo 0x7f - 0o36
 
 ==============================================================================
 *41.2*	Variables
@@ -619,12 +619,15 @@ String manipulation:					*string-functions*
 	submatch()		get a specific match in ":s" and substitute()
 	strpart()		get part of a string using byte index
 	strcharpart()		get part of a string using char index
+	slice()			take a slice of a string, using char index in
+				Vim9 script
 	strgetchar()		get character from a string using char index
 	expand()		expand special keywords
 	expandcmd()		expand a command like done for `:edit`
 	iconv()			convert text from one encoding to another
 	byteidx()		byte index of a character in a string
 	byteidxcomp()		like byteidx() but count composing characters
+	charidx()		character index of a byte in a string
 	repeat()		repeat a string multiple times
 	eval()			evaluate a string expression
 	execute()		execute an Ex command and get the output
@@ -639,6 +642,7 @@ List manipulation:					*list-functions*
 	insert()		insert an item somewhere in a List
 	add()			append an item to a List
 	extend()		append a List to a List
+	extendnew()		make a new List and append items
 	remove()		remove one or more items from a List
 	copy()			make a shallow copy of a List
 	deepcopy()		make a full copy of a List
@@ -646,6 +650,7 @@ List manipulation:					*list-functions*
 	map()			change each List item
 	mapnew()		make a new List with changed items
 	reduce()		reduce a List to a value
+	slice()			take a slice of a List
 	sort()			sort a List
 	reverse()		reverse the order of a List
 	uniq()			remove copies of repeated adjacent items
@@ -660,6 +665,7 @@ List manipulation:					*list-functions*
 	count()			count number of times a value appears in a List
 	repeat()		repeat a List multiple times
 	flatten()		flatten a List
+	flattennew()		flatten a copy of a List
 
 Dictionary manipulation:				*dict-functions*
 	get()			get an entry without an error for a wrong key
@@ -668,6 +674,7 @@ Dictionary manipulation:				*dict-functions*
 	empty()			check if Dictionary is empty
 	remove()		remove an entry from a Dictionary
 	extend()		add entries from one Dictionary to another
+	extendnew()		make a new Dictionary and append items
 	filter()		remove selected entries from a Dictionary
 	map()			change each Dictionary entry
 	mapnew()		make a new Dictionary with changed items
@@ -717,7 +724,8 @@ Other computation:					*bitwise-function*
 	srand()			initialize seed used by rand()
 
 Variables:						*var-functions*
-	type()			type of a variable
+	type()			type of a variable as a number
+	typename()		type of a variable as text
 	islocked()		check if a variable is locked
 	funcref()		get a Funcref for a function reference
 	function()		get a Funcref for a function name
@@ -752,6 +760,11 @@ Cursor and mark position:		*cursor-functions* *mark-functions*
 	screenchar()		get character code at a screen line/row
 	screenchars()		get character codes at a screen line/row
 	screenstring()		get string of characters at a screen line/row
+	charcol()		character number of the cursor or a mark
+	getcharpos()		get character position of cursor, mark, etc.
+	setcharpos()		set character position of cursor, mark, etc.
+	getcursorcharpos()	get character position of the cursor
+	setcursorcharpos()	set character position of the cursor
 
 Working with text in the current buffer:		*text-functions*
 	getline()		get a line or list of lines from the buffer
@@ -811,6 +824,7 @@ System functions and manipulation of files:
 	setenv()		set an environment variable
 	hostname()		name of the system
 	readfile()		read a file into a List of lines
+	readblob()		read a file into a Blob
 	readdir()		get a List of file names in a directory
 	readdirex()		get a List of file information in a directory
 	writefile()		write a List of lines or Blob into a file
@@ -869,6 +883,7 @@ Command line:					*command-line-functions*
 	getcmdtype()		return the current command-line type
 	getcmdwintype()		return the current command-line window type
 	getcompletion()		list of command-line completion matches
+	fullcommand()		get full command name
 
 Quickfix and location lists:			*quickfix-functions*
 	getqflist()		list of quickfix errors
@@ -1765,7 +1780,7 @@ Here is a summary of items that apply to Vim scripts.  They are also mentioned
 elsewhere, but form a nice checklist.
 
 The end-of-line character depends on the system.  For Unix a single <NL>
-character is used.  For MS-Windows and the like, <CR><LF> is used.  This is
+character is used.  For MS-Windows and the like, <CR><NL> is used.  This is
 important when using mappings that end in a <CR>.  See |:source_crnl|.
 
 

runtime/doc/various.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*various.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Aug 20
+*various.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Jan 26
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -142,15 +142,17 @@ g8			Print the hex values of the bytes used in the
 				quit
 <
 							*:z* *E144*
-:{range}z[+-^.=]{count}	Display several lines of text surrounding the line
-			specified with {range}, or around the current line
-			if there is no {range}.  If there is a {count}, that's
-			how many lines you'll see; if there is no {count} and
-			only one window then twice the value of the 'scroll'
-			option is used, otherwise the current window height
-			minus 3 is used.
+:[range]z[+-^.=][count]	Display several lines of text surrounding the line
+			specified with [range], or around the current line
+			if there is no [range].
 
-			If there is a {count} the 'window' option is set to
+			If there is a [count], that's how many lines you'll
+			see; if there is no [count] and only one window then
+			twice the value of the 'scroll' option is used,
+			otherwise the current window height minus 3 is used.
+			This is the value of "scr" in the table below.
+
+			If there is a [count] the 'window' option is set to
 			its value.
 
 			:z can be used either alone or followed by any of
@@ -168,7 +170,7 @@ g8			Print the hex values of the bytes used in the
 			If the mark is "=", a line of dashes is printed
 			around the current line.
 
-:{range}z#[+-^.=]{count}				*:z#*
+:[range]z#[+-^.=][count]				*:z#*
 			Like ":z", but number the lines.
 
 							*:=*
@@ -343,8 +345,9 @@ N  *+clientserver*	Unix and Win32: Remote invocation |clientserver|
    *+clipboard*		|clipboard| support compiled-in
    *+clipboard_working*	|clipboard| support compiled-in and working
 T  *+cmdline_compl*	command line completion |cmdline-completion|
-S  *+cmdline_hist*	command line history |cmdline-history|
+T  *+cmdline_hist*	command line history |cmdline-history|
 N  *+cmdline_info*	|'showcmd'| and |'ruler'|
+S  *+cmdwin*		|cmdline-window| support
 T  *+comments*		|'comments'| support
 B  *+conceal*		"conceal" support, see |conceal| |:syn-conceal| etc.
 N  *+cryptv*		encryption support |encryption|
@@ -409,7 +412,7 @@ N  *+mouse_sysmouse*	Unix only: *BSD console mouse handling |sysmouse|
 B  *+mouse_sgr*		Unix only: sgr mouse handling |sgr-mouse|
 B  *+mouse_urxvt*	Unix only: urxvt mouse handling |urxvt-mouse|
 N  *+mouse_xterm*	Unix only: xterm mouse handling |xterm-mouse|
-N  *+multi_byte*	16 and 32 bit characters |multibyte|
+T  *+multi_byte*	Unicode support, 16 and 32 bit characters |multibyte|
    *+multi_byte_ime*	Win32 input method for multibyte chars |multibyte-ime|
 N  *+multi_lang*	non-English language support |multi-lang|
 m  *+mzscheme*		Mzscheme interface |mzscheme|
@@ -705,12 +708,12 @@ K			Run a program to lookup the keyword under the
 			not more than one line.
 
 [N]gs							*gs* *:sl* *:sleep*
-:[N]sl[eep] [N]	[m]	Do nothing for [N] seconds.  When [m] is included,
+:[N]sl[eep] [N][m]	Do nothing for [N] seconds.  When [m] is included,
 			sleep for [N] milliseconds.  The count for "gs" always
 			uses seconds.  The default is one second. >
 			     :sleep	     "sleep for one second
 			     :5sleep	     "sleep for five seconds
-			     :sleep 100m     "sleep for a hundred milliseconds
+			     :sleep 100m     "sleep for 100 milliseconds
 			     10gs	     "sleep for ten seconds
 <			Can be interrupted with CTRL-C (CTRL-Break on
 			MS-Windows).  "gs" stands for "goto sleep".
@@ -720,6 +723,9 @@ K			Run a program to lookup the keyword under the
 			available when compiled with the |+netbeans_intg|
 			feature}
 
+							*:sl!* *:sleep!*
+:[N]sl[eep]! [N] [m]	Same as above, but hide the cursor
+
 							*:xrestore* *:xr*
 :xr[estore] [display]	Reinitializes the connection to the X11 server. Useful
 			after the X server restarts, e.g. when running Vim for

runtime/doc/version5.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*version5.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Sep 02
+*version5.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Dec 19
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -805,7 +805,7 @@ Using "~" for $HOME now works for all systems.  |$HOME|
 Unix: Besides using CTRL-C, also use the INTR character from the tty settings.
 Somebody has INTR set to DEL.
 
-Allow a <LF> in a ":help" command argument to end the help command, so another
+Allow a <NL> in a ":help" command argument to end the help command, so another
 command can follow.
 
 Doing "%" on a line that starts with "   #if" didn't jump to matching "#else".

runtime/doc/version6.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*version6.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Aug 17
+*version6.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Jan 17
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -1331,7 +1331,7 @@ eventhandler()	Returns 1 when inside an event handler and interactive
 executable()	Checks if a program or batch script can be executed.
 filewritable()	Checks if a file can be written. (Ron Aaron)
 foldclosed()	Find out if there is a closed fold. (Johannes Zellner).
-foldcloseend()	Find the end of a closed fold.
+foldclosedend()	Find the end of a closed fold.
 foldlevel()	Find out the foldlevel. (Johannes Zellner)
 foreground()	Move the GUI window to the foreground.
 getchar()	Get one character from the user.  Can be used to define a
@@ -9661,7 +9661,7 @@ Solution:   Check for tcsetattr() to return an error, retry when it does.
 Files:	    src/os_unix.c
 
 Patch 6.2f.018
-Problem:    Mac OS X 10.2: OK is defined to zero in cursus.h while Vim uses
+Problem:    Mac OS X 10.2: OK is defined to zero in curses.h while Vim uses
 	    one.  Redefining it causes a warning message.
 Solution:   Undefine OK before defining it to one. (Taro Muraoka)
 Files:	    src/vim.h

runtime/doc/version8.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*version8.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Oct 25
+*version8.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Dec 24
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ Timers ~
 Also asynchronous are timers.  They can fire once or repeatedly and invoke a
 function to do any work.  For example: >
 	let tempTimer = timer_start(4000, 'CheckTemp')
-This will call the CheckTemp() function four seconds (4000 milli seconds)
+This will call the CheckTemp() function four seconds (4000 milliseconds)
 later.  See |timer_start()|.
 
 
@@ -3282,7 +3282,7 @@ Solution:   Convert the printer name from the active codepage to 'encoding'.
 Files:	    src/os_mswin.c
 
 Patch 7.4.472
-Problem:    The "precedes" entry in 'listchar' will be drawn when 'showbreak'
+Problem:    The "precedes" entry in 'listchars' will be drawn when 'showbreak'
 	    is set and 'list' is not.
 Solution:   Only draw this character when 'list' is on. (Christian Brabandt)
 Files:	    src/screen.c
@@ -16933,7 +16933,7 @@ Solution:   Add #ifdefs.
 Files:      src/screen.c
 
 Patch 8.0.0383 (after 8.0.0382)
-Problem:    Misplaced #ifdef. (Christ van Willigen)
+Problem:    Misplaced #ifdef. (Christ van Willegen)
 Solution:   Split assignment.
 Files:      src/screen.c
 
@@ -19612,7 +19612,7 @@ Files:      Filelist
 
 Patch 8.0.0815
 Problem:    Terminal window not correctly updated when 'statusline' invokes
-            ":sleep". (NIkolay Pavlov)
+            ":sleep". (Nikolay Pavlov)
 Solution:   Clear got_int.  Repeat redrawing when needed.
 Files:      src/terminal.c
 
@@ -35835,7 +35835,7 @@ Files:	    src/ex_cmds2.c, src/getchar.c, src/testdir/test_mapping.vim,
 Patch 8.1.1592
 Problem:    May start file dialog while exiting.
 Solution:   Ignore the "browse" modifier when exiting. (Ozaki Kiichi,
-            closes #4582
+            closes #4582)
 Files:	    src/ex_cmds.c, src/terminal.c
 
 Patch 8.1.1593
@@ -42557,7 +42557,7 @@ Files:      src/buffer.c, src/testdir/test_statusline.vim,
             src/testdir/dumps/Test_statusline_1.dump
 
 Patch 8.2.0236
-Problem:    MS-Windows uninstall doesn't delete vimtutur.bat.
+Problem:    MS-Windows uninstall doesn't delete vimtutor.bat.
 Solution:   Change directory before deletion. (Ken Takata, closes #5603)
 Files:      src/uninstall.c
 
@@ -46431,7 +46431,7 @@ Files:      src/buffer.c, src/change.c, src/diff.c, src/evalbuffer.c,
 
 Patch 8.2.0854
 Problem:    Xxd cannot show offset as a decimal number.
-Solution:   Add the "-d" flag. (Aapo Rantalainen, closes #5616
+Solution:   Add the "-d" flag. (Aapo Rantalainen, closes #5616)
 Files:      src/testdir/test_xxd.vim, src/xxd/xxd.c
 
 Patch 8.2.0855
@@ -46661,7 +46661,7 @@ Solution:   Use // comments. (Yegappan Lakshmanan, closes #6190)
 Files:      src/gui_xim.c
 
 Patch 8.2.0890
-Problem:    No color in terminal window when 'termguicolor' is set.
+Problem:    No color in terminal window when 'termguicolors' is set.
 Solution:   Clear the underline color. (closes #6186)
 Files:      src/highlight.c
 
@@ -46728,7 +46728,7 @@ Files:      runtime/doc/change.txt, src/mbyte.c, src/ops.c, src/option.h,
 
 Patch 8.2.0902
 Problem:    Using searchcount() in 'statusline' causes an error.
-Solution:   Avoid saving/restoring the search patten recursively.
+Solution:   Avoid saving/restoring the search pattern recursively.
             (closes #6194)
 Files:      src/search.c, src/testdir/test_search_stat.vim,
             src/testdir/dumps/Test_searchstat_4.dump
@@ -48832,7 +48832,7 @@ Files:      src/buffer.c, src/testdir/test_tabline.vim
 Patch 8.2.1260
 Problem:    There is no good test for CursorHold.
 Solution:   Add a test.  Remove duplicated test. (Yegappan Lakshmanan,
-            closes #6503
+            closes #6503)
 Files:      src/testdir/test_autocmd.vim, src/testdir/test_buffer.vim,
             src/testdir/test_normal.vim
 

runtime/doc/vi_diff.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*vi_diff.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Aug 15
+*vi_diff.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Jan 21
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ edit the termcap entry and try again.  Vim has the |terminal-options|.
 Vim has only a few limits for the files that can be edited {Vi: can not handle
 <Nul> characters and characters above 128, has limited line length, many other
 limits}.
-							*E340*
+
 Maximum line length	   2147483647 characters.  Longer lines are split.
 Maximum number of lines	   2147483647 lines.
 Maximum file size	   2147483647 bytes (2 Gbyte) when a long integer is

runtime/doc/vim9.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*vim9.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Oct 17
+*vim9.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Feb 03
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 
 THIS IS STILL UNDER DEVELOPMENT - ANYTHING CAN BREAK - ANYTHING CAN CHANGE
 
-Vim9 script commands and expressions.			*vim9*
+Vim9 script commands and expressions.			*Vim9* *vim9*
 
 Most expression help is in |eval.txt|.  This file is about the new syntax and
 features in Vim9 script.
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ features in Vim9 script.
 THIS IS STILL UNDER DEVELOPMENT - ANYTHING CAN BREAK - ANYTHING CAN CHANGE
 
 
-1.  What is Vim9 script?		|vim9-script|
+1.  What is Vim9 script?		|Vim9-script|
 2.  Differences				|vim9-differences|
 3.  New style functions			|fast-functions|
 4.  Types				|vim9-types|
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ THIS IS STILL UNDER DEVELOPMENT - ANYTHING CAN BREAK - ANYTHING CAN CHANGE
 
 ==============================================================================
 
-1. What is Vim9 script?					*vim9-script*
+1. What is Vim9 script?					*Vim9-script*
 
 THIS IS STILL UNDER DEVELOPMENT - ANYTHING CAN BREAK - ANYTHING CAN CHANGE
 
@@ -51,14 +51,22 @@ The Vim9 script syntax and semantics are used in:
 - a function defined with the `:def` command
 - a script file where the first command is `vim9script`
 - an autocommand defined in the context of the above
+- a command prefixed with the `vim9cmd` command modifier
 
-When using `:function` in a Vim9 script file the legacy syntax is used.
-However, this can be confusing and is therefore discouraged.
+When using `:function` in a Vim9 script file the legacy syntax is used, with
+the highest |scriptversion|.  However, this can be confusing and is therefore
+discouraged.
 
 Vim9 script and legacy Vim script can be mixed.  There is no requirement to
 rewrite old scripts, they keep working as before.  You may want to use a few
 `:def` functions for code that needs to be fast.
 
+						*:vim9* *:vim9cmd*
+:vim9[cmd] {cmd}
+		Execute {cmd} using Vim9 script syntax and semantics.
+		Useful when typing a command and in a legacy script or
+		function.
+
 ==============================================================================
 
 2. Differences from legacy Vim script			*vim9-differences*
@@ -70,28 +78,29 @@ Overview ~
 Brief summary of the differences you will most often encounter when using Vim9
 script and `:def` functions; details are below:
 - Comments start with #, not ": >
-  	echo "hello"   # comment
+	echo "hello"   # comment
 - Using a backslash for line continuation is hardly ever needed: >
-  	echo "hello "
+	echo "hello "
 	     .. yourName
 	     .. ", how are you?"
 - White space is required in many places.
 - Assign values without `:let`, declare variables with `:var`: >
-  	var count = 0
+	var count = 0
 	count += 3
 - Constants can be declared with `:final` and `:const`: >
-  	final matches = []		  # add matches
+	final matches = []		  # add matches
 	const names = ['Betty', 'Peter']  # cannot be changed
 - `:final` cannot be used as an abbreviation of `:finally`.
 - Variables and functions are script-local by default.
 - Functions are declared with argument types and return type: >
 	def CallMe(count: number, message: string): bool
 - Call functions without `:call`: >
-  	writefile(['done'], 'file.txt')
+	writefile(['done'], 'file.txt')
 - You cannot use `:xit`, `:t`, `:append`, `:change`, `:insert` or curly-braces
   names.
 - A range before a command must be prefixed with a colon: >
-  	:%s/this/that
+	:%s/this/that
+- Unless mentioned specifically, the highest |scriptversion| is used.
 
 
 Comments starting with # ~
@@ -112,8 +121,13 @@ In Vi # is a command to list text with numbers.  In Vim9 script you can use
 	101 number
 
 To improve readability there must be a space between a command and the #
-that starts a comment.  Note that #{ is the start of a dictionary, therefore
-it does not start a comment.
+that starts a comment: >
+	var name = value # comment
+	var name = value# error!
+
+In legacy Vim script # is also used for the alternate file name.  In Vim9
+script you need to use %% instead.  Instead of ## use %%% (stands for all
+arguments).
 
 
 Vim9 functions ~
@@ -124,8 +138,8 @@ often 10x to 100x times.
 Many errors are already found when compiling, before the function is executed.
 The syntax is strict, to enforce code that is easy to read and understand.
 
-Compilation is done when:
-- the function is first called
+Compilation is done when either of these is encountered:
+- the first time the function is called
 - when the `:defcompile` command is encountered in the script where the
   function was defined
 - `:disassemble` is used for the function.
@@ -133,8 +147,9 @@ Compilation is done when:
   reference
 
 `:def` has no options like `:function` does: "range", "abort", "dict" or
-"closure".  A `:def` function always aborts on an error, does not get a range
-passed and cannot be a "dict" function.
+"closure".  A `:def` function always aborts on an error (unless `:silent!` was
+used for the command or inside a `:try` block), does not get a range passed
+cannot be a "dict" function, and can always be a closure.
 
 The argument types and return type need to be specified.  The "any" type can
 be used, type checking will then be done at runtime, like with legacy
@@ -187,6 +202,33 @@ Global functions can still be defined and deleted at nearly any time.  In
 Vim9 script script-local functions are defined once when the script is sourced
 and cannot be deleted or replaced.
 
+When compiling a function and a function call is encountered for a function
+that is not (yet) defined, the |FuncUndefined| autocommand is not triggered.
+You can use an autoload function if needed, or call a legacy function and have
+|FuncUndefined| triggered there.
+
+
+Reloading a Vim9 script clears functions and variables by default ~
+							*vim9-reload*
+When loading a legacy Vim script a second time nothing is removed, the
+commands will replace existing variables and functions and create new ones.
+
+When loading a Vim9 script a second time all existing script-local functions
+and variables are deleted, thus you start with a clean slate.  This is useful
+if you are developing a plugin and want to try a new version.  If you renamed
+something you don't have to worry about the old name still hanging around.
+
+If you do want to keep items, use: >
+	vim9script noclear
+
+You want to use this in scripts that use a `finish` command to bail out at
+some point when loaded again.  E.g. when a buffer local option is set: >
+	vim9script noclear
+	setlocal completefunc=SomeFunc
+	if exists('*g:SomeFunc') | finish | endif
+	def g:SomeFunc()
+	....
+
 
 Variable declarations with :var, :final and :const ~
 						*vim9-declaration* *:var*
@@ -282,7 +324,7 @@ The constant only applies to the value itself, not what it refers to. >
 	NAMES[0] = ["Jack"]     # Error!
 	NAMES[0][0] = "Jack"    # Error!
 	NAMES[1] = ["Emma"]     # Error!
-	Names[1][0] = "Emma"    # OK, now females[0] == "Emma"
+	NAMES[1][0] = "Emma"    # OK, now females[0] == "Emma"
 
 <							*E1092*
 Declaring more than one variable at a time, using the unpack notation, is
@@ -303,8 +345,7 @@ identifier or can't be an Ex command.  Examples: >
 	myList->add(123)
 	g:myList->add(123)
 	[1, 2, 3]->Process()
-	#{a: 1, b: 2}->Process()
-	{'a': 1, 'b': 2}->Process()
+	{a: 1, b: 2}->Process()
 	"foobar"->Process()
 	("foobar")->Process()
 	'foobar'->Process()
@@ -336,17 +377,61 @@ When using `function()` the resulting type is "func", a function with any
 number of arguments and any return type.  The function can be defined later.
 
 
+Lambda using => instead of -> ~
+
+In legacy script there can be confusion between using "->" for a method call
+and for a lambda.  Also, when a "{" is found the parser needs to figure out if
+it is the start of a lambda or a dictionary, which is now more complicated
+because of the use of argument types.
+
+To avoid these problems Vim9 script uses a different syntax for a lambda,
+which is similar to Javascript: >
+	var Lambda = (arg) => expression
+
+No line break is allowed in the arguments of a lambda up to and including the
+"=>".  This is OK: >
+	filter(list, (k, v) =>
+			v > 0)
+This does not work: >
+	filter(list, (k, v)
+			=> v > 0)
+This also does not work: >
+	filter(list, (k,
+			v) => v > 0)
+But you can use a backslash to concatenate the lines before parsing: >
+	filter(list, (k,
+		\	v)
+		\	=> v > 0)
+
+Additionally, a lambda can contain statements in {}: >
+	var Lambda = (arg) => {
+		g:was_called = 'yes'
+		return expression
+	    }
+NOT IMPLEMENTED YET
+
+							*vim9-curly*
+To avoid the "{" of a dictionary literal to be recognized as a statement block
+wrap it in parenthesis: >
+	var Lambda = (arg) => ({key: 42})
+
+Also when confused with the start of a command block: >
+	({
+	    key: value
+	 })->method()
+
+
 Automatic line continuation ~
 
 In many cases it is obvious that an expression continues on the next line.  In
-those cases there is no need to prefix the line with a backslash
-|line-continuation|.  For example, when a list spans multiple lines: >
+those cases there is no need to prefix the line with a backslash (see
+|line-continuation|).  For example, when a list spans multiple lines: >
 	var mylist = [
 		'one',
 		'two',
 		]
 And when a dict spans multiple lines: >
-	var mydict = #{
+	var mydict = {
 		one: 1,
 		two: 2,
 		}
@@ -362,7 +447,7 @@ possible just before or after the operator.  For example: >
 		   .. middle
 		   .. end
 	var total = start +
-	            end -
+		    end -
 		    correction
 	var result = positive
 			? PosFunc(arg)
@@ -377,6 +462,12 @@ before it: >
 	var result = MyDict
 			.member
 
+For commands that have an argument that is a list of commands, the | character
+at the start of the line indicates line continuation: >
+	autocmd BufNewFile *.match if condition
+		|   echo 'match'
+		| endif
+
 <							*E1050*
 To make it possible for the operator at the start of the line to be
 recognized, it is required to put a colon before a range.  This will add
@@ -390,6 +481,9 @@ This will assign "start" and print a line: >
 	var result = start
 	:+ print
 
+Note that the colon is not required for the |+cmd| argument: >
+	edit +6 fname
+
 It is also possible to split a function header over multiple lines, in between
 arguments: >
 	def MyFunc(
@@ -397,6 +491,19 @@ arguments: >
 		separator = '-'
 		): string
 
+Since a continuation line cannot be easily recognized the parsing of commands
+has been made stricter.  E.g., because of the error in the first line, the
+second line is seen as a separate command: >
+	popup_create(some invalid expression, {
+	   exit_cb: Func})
+Now "exit_cb: Func})" is actually a valid command: save any changes to the
+file "_cb: Func})" and exit.  To avoid this kind of mistake in Vim9 script
+there must be white space between most command names and the argument.
+
+However, the argument of a command that is a command won't be recognized.  For
+example, after "windo echo expr" a line break inside "expr" will not be seen.
+
+
 Notes:
 - "enddef" cannot be used at the start of a continuation line, it ends the
   current function.
@@ -416,20 +523,45 @@ Notes:
 <  This does not work: >
 	echo [1, 2]
 		[3, 4]
-- No line break is allowed in the arguments of a lambda, between the "{" and
-  "->".  This is OK: >
-	filter(list, {k, v ->
-			v > 0})
-<  This does not work: >
-	filter(list, {k,
-			v -> v > 0})
-
 
 No curly braces expansion ~
 
 |curly-braces-names| cannot be used.
 
 
+Dictionary literals ~
+
+Traditionally Vim has supported dictionary literals with a {} syntax: >
+	let dict = {'key': value}
+
+Later it became clear that using a simple text key is very common, thus
+literal dictionaries were introduced in a backwards compatible way: >
+	let dict = #{key: value}
+
+However, this #{} syntax is unlike any existing language.  As it turns out
+that using a literal key is much more common than using an expression, and
+considering that JavaScript uses this syntax, using the {} form for dictionary
+literals is considered a much more useful syntax.  In Vim9 script the {} form
+uses literal keys: >
+	var dict = {key: value}
+
+This works for alphanumeric characters, underscore and dash.  If you want to
+use another character, use a single or double quoted string: >
+	var dict = {'key with space': value}
+	var dict = {"key\twith\ttabs": value}
+	var dict = {'': value}  		# empty key
+
+In case the key needs to be an expression, square brackets can be used, just
+like in JavaScript: >
+	var dict = {["key" .. nr]: value}
+
+The key type can be string, number, bool or float.  Other types result in an
+error.  A number can be given with and without the []: >
+	var dict = {123: 'without', [456]: 'with'}
+	echo dict
+	{'456': 'with', '123': 'without'}
+
+
 No :xit, :t, :append, :change or :insert ~
 
 These commands are too easily confused with local variable names.
@@ -442,6 +574,29 @@ Comparators ~
 The 'ignorecase' option is not used for comparators that use strings.
 
 
+For loop ~
+
+Legacy Vim script has some tricks to make a for loop over a list handle
+deleting items at the current or previous item.  In Vim9 script it just uses
+the index, if items are deleted then items in the list will be skipped.
+Example legacy script: >
+	let l = [1, 2, 3, 4]
+	for i in l
+	   echo i
+	   call remove(l, index(l, i))
+	endfor
+Would echo:
+	1
+	2
+	3
+	4
+In compiled Vim9 script you get:
+	1
+	3
+Generally, you should not change the list that is iterated over.  Make a copy
+first if needed.
+
+
 White space ~
 
 Vim9 script enforces proper use of white space.  This is no longer allowed: >
@@ -457,17 +612,26 @@ command: >
 
 White space is required around most operators.
 
+White space is required in a sublist (list slice) around the ":", except at
+the start and end: >
+	otherlist = mylist[v : count]  	# v:count has a different meaning
+	otherlist = mylist[:]		# make a copy of the List
+	otherlist = mylist[v :]
+	otherlist = mylist[: v]
+
 White space is not allowed:
 - Between a function name and the "(": >
-	call Func (arg)	   # Error!
-	call Func
+	Func (arg)	   # Error!
+	Func
 	     \ (arg)	   # Error!
-	call Func(arg)	   # OK
-	call Func(
-	     \ arg)	   # OK
-	call Func(
-	     \ arg	   # OK
-	     \ )
+	Func
+	      (arg)	   # Error!
+	Func(arg)	   # OK
+	Func(
+	      arg)	   # OK
+	Func(
+	      arg	   # OK
+	      )
 
 
 Conditions and expressions ~
@@ -487,7 +651,7 @@ is either falsy or truthy.  This is mostly like JavaScript, except that an
 empty list and dict is falsy:
 
 	type		truthy when ~
-	bool		v:true or 1
+	bool		true, v:true or 1
 	number		non-zero
 	float		non-zero
 	string		non-empty
@@ -495,11 +659,11 @@ empty list and dict is falsy:
 	list		non-empty (different from JavaScript)
 	dictionary	non-empty (different from JavaScript)
 	func		when there is a function name
-	special		v:true
+	special		true or v:true
 	job		when not NULL
 	channel		when not NULL
 	class		when not NULL
-	object		when not NULL (TODO: when isTrue() returns v:true)
+	object		when not NULL (TODO: when isTrue() returns true)
 
 The boolean operators "||" and "&&" expect the values to be boolean, zero or
 one: >
@@ -514,25 +678,37 @@ one: >
 
 When using "!" for inverting, there is no error for using any type and the
 result is a boolean.  "!!" can be used to turn any value into boolean: >
-	!'yes'	    		== false
+	!'yes'			== false
 	!![]			== false
-	!![1, 2, 3]    		== true
+	!![1, 2, 3]		== true
 
 When using "`.."` for string concatenation arguments of simple types are
 always converted to string: >
 	'hello ' .. 123  == 'hello 123'
-	'hello ' .. v:true  == 'hello v:true'
+	'hello ' .. v:true  == 'hello true'
 
 Simple types are string, float, special and bool.  For other types |string()|
 can be used.
-							*false* *true*
-In Vim9 script one can use "true" for v:true and "false" for v:false.
+							*false* *true* *null*
+In Vim9 script one can use "true" for v:true, "false" for v:false and "null"
+for v:null.  When converting a boolean to a string "false" and "true" are
+used, not "v:false" and "v:true" like in legacy script.  "v:none" is not
+changed, it is only used in JSON and has no equivalent in other languages.
 
-Indexing a string with [idx] or [idx, idx] uses character indexes instead of
+Indexing a string with [idx] or [idx : idx] uses character indexes instead of
 byte indexes. Example: >
 	echo 'bár'[1]
 In legacy script this results in the character 0xc3 (an illegal byte), in Vim9
 script this results in the string 'á'.
+A negative index is counting from the end, "[-1]" is the last character.
+To exclude the last character use |slice()|.
+If the index is out of range then an empty string results.
+
+In legacy script "++var" and "--var" would be silently accepted and have no
+effect.  This is an error in Vim9 script.
+
+Numbers starting with zero are not considered to be octal, only numbers
+starting with "0o" are octal: "0o744". |scriptversion-4|
 
 
 What to watch out for ~
@@ -542,21 +718,22 @@ same time tries to support the legacy Vim commands.  Some compromises had to
 be made.  Here is a summary of what might be unexpected.
 
 Ex command ranges need to be prefixed with a colon. >
-	->		# legacy Vim: shifts the previous line to the right
-	->func()	# Vim9: method call in continuation line
-	:->		# Vim9: shifts the previous line to the right
+	->		  legacy Vim: shifts the previous line to the right
+	->func()	  Vim9: method call in a continuation line
+	:->		  Vim9: shifts the previous line to the right
 
-	%s/a/b		# legacy Vim: substitute on all lines
+	%s/a/b		  legacy Vim: substitute on all lines
 	x = alongname
-	     % another	# Vim9: line continuation without a backslash
-	:%s/a/b		# Vim9: substitute on all lines
-	'text'->func()	# Vim9: method call
-	:'t		# legacy Vim: jump to mark m
+	     % another	  Vim9: modulo operator in a continuation line
+	:%s/a/b		  Vim9: substitute on all lines
+	't		  legacy Vim: jump to mark t
+	'text'->func()	  Vim9: method call
+	:'t		  Vim9: jump to mark t
 
 Some Ex commands can be confused with assignments in Vim9 script: >
-	g:name = value  # assignment
-	g:pattern:cmd	# invalid command - ERROR
-	:g:pattern:cmd	# :global command
+	g:name = value    # assignment
+	g:pattern:cmd	  # invalid command - ERROR
+	:g:pattern:cmd	  # :global command
 
 Functions defined with `:def` compile the whole function.  Legacy functions
 can bail out, and the following lines are not parsed: >
@@ -571,12 +748,12 @@ Vim9 functions are compiled as a whole: >
 	  if !has('feature')
 	    return
 	  endif
-	  use-feature  # May give compilation error
+	  use-feature  # May give a compilation error
 	enddef
 For a workaround, split it in two functions: >
 	func Maybe()
 	  if has('feature')
-	    call MaybyInner()
+	    call MaybeInner()
 	  endif
 	endfunc
 	if has('feature')
@@ -591,12 +768,38 @@ evaluates to false: >
 	    use-feature
 	  endif
 	enddef
+<							*vim9-user-command*
+Another side effect of compiling a function is that the presence of a user
+command is checked at compile time.  If the user command is defined later an
+error will result.  This works: >
+	command -nargs=1 MyCommand echom <q-args>
+	def Works()
+	  MyCommand 123
+	enddef
+This will give an error for "MyCommand" not being defined: >
+	def Works()
+	  command -nargs=1 MyCommand echom <q-args>
+	  MyCommand 123
+	enddef
+A workaround is to invoke the command indirectly with `:execute`: >
+	def Works()
+	  command -nargs=1 MyCommand echom <q-args>
+	  execute 'MyCommand 123'
+	enddef
+
 Note that for unrecognized commands there is no check for "|" and a following
 command.  This will give an error for missing `endif`: >
 	def Maybe()
 	  if has('feature') | use-feature | endif
 	enddef
 
+Other differences ~
+
+Patterns are used like 'magic' is set, unless explicitly overruled.
+The 'edcompatible' option value is not used.
+The 'gdefault' option value is not used.
+
+
 ==============================================================================
 
 3. New style functions					*fast-functions*
@@ -657,21 +860,30 @@ prefix and they do not need to exist (they can be deleted any time).
 			Note that for command line completion of {func} you
 			can prepend "s:" to find script-local functions.
 
+:disa[ssemble]! {func}	Like `:disassemble` but with the instructions used for
+			profiling.
+
 Limitations ~
 
 Local variables will not be visible to string evaluation.  For example: >
-	def EvalString(): list<string>
+	def MapList(): list<string>
 	  var list = ['aa', 'bb', 'cc', 'dd']
 	  return range(1, 2)->map('list[v:val]')
 	enddef
 
 The map argument is a string expression, which is evaluated without the
 function scope.  Instead, use a lambda: >
-	def EvalString(): list<string>
+	def MapList(): list<string>
 	  var list = ['aa', 'bb', 'cc', 'dd']
-	  return range(1, 2)->map({ _, v -> list[v] })
+	  return range(1, 2)->map(( _, v) => list[v])
 	enddef
 
+The same is true for commands that are not compiled, such as `:global`.
+For these the backtick expansion can be used.  Example: >
+	def Replace()
+	  var newText = 'blah'
+	  g/pattern/s/^/`=newText`/
+	enddef
 
 ==============================================================================
 
@@ -766,12 +978,14 @@ compiled code the "any" type is assumed.
 This can be a problem when the "any" type is undesired and the actual type is
 expected to always be the same.  For example, when declaring a list: >
 	var l: list<number> = [1, g:two]
-This will give an error, because "g:two" has type "any".  To avoid this, use a
-type cast: >
+At compile time Vim doesn't know the type of "g:two" and the expression type
+becomes list<any>.  An instruction is generated to check the list type before
+doing the assignment, which is a bit inefficient.
+							*type-casting*
+To avoid this, use a type cast: >
 	var l: list<number> = [1, <number>g:two]
-<							*type-casting*
-The compiled code will then check that "g:two" is a number at runtime and give
-an error if it isn't.  This is called type casting.
+The compiled code will then only check that "g:two" is a number and give an
+error if it isn't.  This is called type casting.
 
 The syntax of a type cast is:  "<" {type} ">".  There cannot be white space
 after the "<" or before the ">" (to avoid them being confused with
@@ -813,6 +1027,12 @@ an error, thus breaking backwards compatibility.  For example:
 - Using a string value when setting a number options.
 - Using a number where a string is expected.   *E1024*
 
+One consequence is that the item type of a list or dict given to map() must
+not change.  This will give an error in compiled code: >
+	map([1, 2, 3], (i, v) => 'item ' .. i)
+	E1012: Type mismatch; expected list<number> but got list<string>
+Instead use |mapnew()|.
+
 ==============================================================================
 
 5. Namespace, Import and Export
@@ -829,7 +1049,7 @@ that you don't do that.
 
 
 Namespace ~
-							*:vim9script* *:vim9*
+							*vim9-namespace*
 To recognize a file that can be imported the `vim9script` statement must
 appear as the first statement in the file.  It tells Vim to interpret the
 script in its own namespace, instead of the global namespace.  If a file
@@ -922,14 +1142,14 @@ actually needed.  A recommended mechanism:
 
 1. In the plugin define user commands, functions and/or mappings that refer to
    an autoload script. >
-   	command -nargs=1 SearchForStuff call searchfor#Stuff(<f-args>)
+	command -nargs=1 SearchForStuff searchfor#Stuff(<f-args>)
 
 <   This goes in .../plugin/anyname.vim.  "anyname.vim" can be freely chosen.
 
 2. In the autoload script do the actual work.  You can import items from
    other files to split up functionality in appropriate pieces. >
 	vim9script
-        import FilterFunc from "../import/someother.vim"
+	import FilterFunc from "../import/someother.vim"
 	def searchfor#Stuff(arg: string)
 	  var filtered = FilterFunc(arg)
 	  ...
@@ -1015,12 +1235,12 @@ When compiling lines of Vim commands into instructions as much as possible
 should be done at compile time.  Postponing it to runtime makes the execution
 slower and means mistakes are found only later.  For example, when
 encountering the "+" character and compiling this into a generic add
-instruction, at execution time the instruction would have to inspect the type
-of the arguments and decide what kind of addition to do.  And when the
-type is dictionary throw an error.  If the types are known to be numbers then
-an "add number" instruction can be used, which is faster.  The error can be
-given at compile time, no error handling is needed at runtime, since adding
-two numbers cannot fail.
+instruction, at runtime the instruction would have to inspect the type of the
+arguments and decide what kind of addition to do.  And when the type is
+dictionary throw an error.  If the types are known to be numbers then an "add
+number" instruction can be used, which is faster.  The error can be given at
+compile time, no error handling is needed at runtime, since adding two numbers
+cannot fail.
 
 The syntax for types, using <type> for compound types, is similar to Java.  It
 is easy to understand and widely used.  The type names are what were used in
@@ -1103,7 +1323,7 @@ are used.  That is different, thus it's good to use a different command:
 `:var`.  This is used in many languages.  The semantics might be slightly
 different, but it's easily recognized as a declaration.
 
-Using `:const`  for constants is common, but the semantics vary.  Some
+Using `:const`  for constants is common, but the semantics varies.  Some
 languages only make the variable immutable, others also make the value
 immutable.  Since "final" is well known from Java for only making the variable
 immutable we decided to use that.  And then `:const` can be used for making
@@ -1163,7 +1383,7 @@ text not starting with a number would be converted to zero, which is
 considered false.  Thus using a string for a condition would often not give an
 error and be considered false.  That is confusing.
 
-In Vim9 type checking is more strict to avoid mistakes.  Where a condition is
+In Vim9 type checking is stricter to avoid mistakes.  Where a condition is
 used, e.g. with the `:if` command and the `||` operator, only boolean-like
 values are accepted:
 	true:  `true`, `v:true`, `1`, `0 < 9`

runtime/doc/windows.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*windows.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Nov 07
+*windows.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Feb 06
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -138,10 +138,12 @@ status line is inverted anyway; you will only see this problem on terminals
 that have termcap codes for italics.
 
 							*filler-lines*
-The lines after the last buffer line in a window are called filler lines.
-These lines start with a tilde (~) character. By default, these are
-highlighted as NonText (|hl-NonText|). The EndOfBuffer highlight group
-(|hl-EndOfBuffer|) can be used to change the highlighting of filler lines.
+The lines after the last buffer line in a window are called filler lines.  By
+default, these lines start with a tilde (~) character. The 'eob' item in the
+'fillchars' option can be used to change this character. By default, these
+characters are highlighted as NonText (|hl-NonText|). The EndOfBuffer
+highlight group (|hl-EndOfBuffer|) can be used to change the highlighting of
+the filler characters.
 
 ==============================================================================
 3. Opening and closing a window				*opening-window* *E36*
@@ -205,15 +207,12 @@ CTRL-W CTRL_N						*CTRL-W_CTRL-N*
 		This behaves like a ":split" first, and then an ":enew"
 		command.
 
-:[N]vne[w] [++opt] [+cmd] [file]			*:vne* *:vnew*
-		Like |:new|, but split vertically.  If 'equalalways' is set
-		and 'eadirection' isn't "ver" the windows will be spread out
-		horizontally, unless a width was specified.
-
 :[N]new [++opt] [+cmd] {file}
 :[N]sp[lit] [++opt] [+cmd] {file}			*:split_f*
 		Create a new window and start editing file {file} in it.  This
-		behaves like a ":split" first, and then an ":e" command.
+		behaves almost like a ":split" first, and then an ":edit"
+		command, but the alternate file name in the original window is
+		set to {file}.
 		If [+cmd] is given, execute the command when the file has been
 		loaded |+cmd|.
 		Also see |++opt|.
@@ -221,6 +220,11 @@ CTRL-W CTRL_N						*CTRL-W_CTRL-N*
 		height).  Reduces the current window height to create room
 		(and others, if the 'equalalways' option is set).
 
+:[N]vne[w] [++opt] [+cmd] [file]			*:vne* *:vnew*
+		Like |:new|, but split vertically.  If 'equalalways' is set
+		and 'eadirection' isn't "ver" the windows will be spread out
+		horizontally, unless a width was specified.
+
 :[N]sv[iew] [++opt] [+cmd] [file]		*:sv* *:sview* *splitview*
 		Same as ":split", but set 'readonly' option for this buffer.
 

runtime/filetype.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim support file to detect file types
 "
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2020 Oct 24
+" Last Change:	2021 Jan 21
 
 " Listen very carefully, I will say this only once
 if exists("did_load_filetypes")
@@ -216,6 +216,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.bc			setf bc
 " BDF font
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.bdf			setf bdf
 
+" Beancount
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.beancount		setf beancount
+
 " BibTeX bibliography database file
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.bib			setf bib
 
@@ -499,6 +502,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.com			call dist#ft#BindzoneCheck('dcl')
 " DOT
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.dot,*.gv		setf dot
 
+" Dune
+au BufNewFile,BufRead jbuild,dune,dune-project,dune-workspace setf dune
+
 " Dylan - lid files
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.lid			setf dylanlid
 
@@ -586,6 +592,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.fan,*.fwt		setf fan
 " Factor
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.factor			setf factor
 
+" Fennel
+autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.fnl 		setf fennel
+
 " Fetchmail RC file
 au BufNewFile,BufRead .fetchmailrc		setf fetchmail
 
@@ -627,6 +636,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.mo,*.gdmo		setf gdmo
 " Gedcom
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ged,lltxxxxx.txt	setf gedcom
 
+" Gift (Moodle)
+autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.gift 		setf gift
+
 " Git
 au BufNewFile,BufRead COMMIT_EDITMSG,MERGE_MSG,TAG_EDITMSG	setf gitcommit
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.git/config,.gitconfig,/etc/gitconfig	setf gitconfig
@@ -696,12 +708,15 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead .gtkrc,gtkrc		setf gtkrc
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.haml			setf haml
 
 " Hamster Classic | Playground files
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.hsc,*.hsm		setf hamster
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.hsm	  		setf hamster
 
 " Haskell
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.hs,*.hs-boot		setf haskell
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.hs,*.hsc,*.hs-boot	setf haskell
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.lhs			setf lhaskell
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.chs			setf chaskell
+au BufNewFile,BufRead cabal.project		setf cabalproject
+au BufNewFile,BufRead $HOME/.cabal/config	setf cabalconfig
+au BufNewFile,BufRead cabal.config		setf cabalconfig
 
 " Haste
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ht			setf haste
@@ -1119,8 +1134,8 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.nse			setf lua
 " NSIS
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.nsi,*.nsh		setf nsis
 
-" OCAML
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ml,*.mli,*.mll,*.mly,.ocamlinit	setf ocaml
+" OCaml
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ml,*.mli,*.mll,*.mly,.ocamlinit,*.mlt,*.mlp,*.mlip,*.mli.cppo,*.ml.cppo setf ocaml
 
 " Occam
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.occ			setf occam
@@ -1128,6 +1143,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.occ			setf occam
 " Omnimark
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.xom,*.xin		setf omnimark
 
+" OPAM
+au BufNewFile,BufRead opam,*.opam,*.opam.template setf opam
+
 " OpenROAD
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.or			setf openroad
 
@@ -1161,8 +1179,11 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.papp,*.pxml,*.pxsl	setf papp
 " Password file
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/passwd,*/etc/passwd-,*/etc/passwd.edit,*/etc/shadow,*/etc/shadow-,*/etc/shadow.edit,*/var/backups/passwd.bak,*/var/backups/shadow.bak setf passwd
 
-" Pascal (also *.p)
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.pas,*.pp		setf pascal
+" Pascal (also *.p, *.pp, *.inc)
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.pas			setf pascal
+
+" Pascal or Puppet manifest
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.pp			call dist#ft#FTpp()
 
 " Delphi or Lazarus program file
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.dpr,*.lpr		setf pascal
@@ -1252,7 +1273,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.pov			setf pov
 " Povray configuration
 au BufNewFile,BufRead .povrayrc			setf povini
 
-" Povray, PHP or assembly
+" Povray, Pascal, PHP or assembly
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.inc			call dist#ft#FTinc()
 
 " Printcap and Termcap
@@ -1261,13 +1282,19 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *printcap
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *termcap
 	\ let b:ptcap_type = "term" | setf ptcap
 
-" PCCTS / ANTRL
-"au BufNewFile,BufRead *.g			setf antrl
+" PCCTS / ANTLR
+"au BufNewFile,BufRead *.g			setf antlr
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.g			setf pccts
 
 " PPWizard
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.it,*.ih			setf ppwiz
 
+" Puppet
+au BufNewFile,BufRead Puppetfile		setf ruby
+
+" Embedded Puppet
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.epp			setf epuppet
+
 " Obj 3D file format
 " TODO: is there a way to avoid MS-Windows Object files?
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.obj			setf obj
@@ -1410,8 +1437,8 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.rb,*.rbw		setf ruby
 " RubyGems
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.gemspec			setf ruby
 
-" Rust
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.rs			setf rust
+" RBS (Ruby Signature)
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.rbs			setf rbs
 
 " Rackup
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ru			setf ruby
@@ -1425,6 +1452,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.builder,*.rxml,*.rjs	setf ruby
 " Rantfile and Rakefile is like Ruby
 au BufNewFile,BufRead [rR]antfile,*.rant,[rR]akefile,*.rake	setf ruby
 
+" Rust
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.rs			setf rust
+
 " S-lang (or shader language, or SmallLisp)
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.sl			setf slang
 
@@ -1461,6 +1491,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.sdl,*.pr		setf sdl
 " sed
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.sed			setf sed
 
+" svelte
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.svelte			setf svelte
+
 " Sieve (RFC 3028, 5228)
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.siv,*.sieve		setf sieve
 
@@ -1541,6 +1574,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.scm,*.ss,*.rkt		setf scheme
 " Screen RC
 au BufNewFile,BufRead .screenrc,screenrc	setf screen
 
+" Sexplib
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.sexp setf sexplib
+
 " Simula
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.sim			setf simula
 
@@ -1601,6 +1637,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.mib,*.my		setf mib
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.hog,snort.conf,vision.conf	setf hog
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.rules			call dist#ft#FTRules()
 
+" SPARQL queries
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.rq,*.sparql		setf sparql
+
 " Spec (Linux RPM)
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.spec			setf spec
 
@@ -1711,8 +1750,13 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.tli			setf tli
 " Telix Salt
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.slt			setf tsalt
 
-" Tera Term Language
-au BufRead,BufNewFile *.ttl			setf teraterm
+" Tera Term Language or Turtle
+au BufRead,BufNewFile *.ttl
+	\ if getline(1) =~ '^@\?\(prefix\|base\)' |
+	\   setf turtle |
+	\ else |
+	\   setf teraterm |
+	\ endif
 
 " Terminfo
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ti			setf terminfo
@@ -1739,6 +1783,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.tf,.tfrc,tfrc		setf tf
 " tmux configuration
 au BufNewFile,BufRead {.,}tmux*.conf		setf tmux
 
+" TOML
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.toml			setf toml
+
 " TPP - Text Presentation Program
 au BufNewFile,BufReadPost *.tpp			setf tpp
 
@@ -1760,8 +1807,13 @@ au BufNewFile,BufReadPost *.tsscl		setf tsscl
 " TWIG files
 au BufNewFile,BufReadPost *.twig		setf twig
 
-" Typescript
-au BufNewFile,BufReadPost *.ts			setf typescript
+" Typescript or Qt translation file (which is XML)
+au BufNewFile,BufReadPost *.ts
+	\ if getline(1) =~ '<?xml' |
+	\   setf xml |
+	\ else |
+	\   setf typescript |
+	\ endif
 
 " TypeScript with React
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.tsx			setf typescriptreact
@@ -2037,12 +2089,14 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead bzr_log.*			setf bzr
 
 " Bazel build file
 if !has("fname_case")
-  au BufNewFile,BufRead *.BUILD,BUILD			setf bzl
+  au BufNewFile,BufRead *.BUILD,BUILD		setf bzl
 endif
 
 " BIND zone
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */named/db.*,*/bind/db.*	call s:StarSetf('bindzone')
 
+au BufNewFile,BufRead cabal.project.*		call s:StarSetf('cabalproject')
+
 " Calendar
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */.calendar/*,
 	\*/share/calendar/*/calendar.*,*/share/calendar/calendar.*

runtime/ftplugin/ada.vim

@@ -159,40 +159,41 @@ if exists("g:ada_abbrev")
 endif
 
 " Section: Commands, Mapping, Menus {{{1
-"
-call ada#Map_Popup (
-   \ 'Tag.List',
-   \  'l',
-   \ 'call ada#List_Tag ()')
-call ada#Map_Popup (
-   \'Tag.Jump',
-   \'j',
-   \'call ada#Jump_Tag ()')
-call ada#Map_Menu (
-   \'Tag.Create File',
-   \':AdaTagFile',
-   \'call ada#Create_Tags (''file'')')
-call ada#Map_Menu (
-   \'Tag.Create Dir',
-   \':AdaTagDir',
-   \'call ada#Create_Tags (''dir'')')
+if !exists(':AdaTagFile')
+  call ada#Map_Popup (
+     \ 'Tag.List',
+     \  'l',
+     \ 'call ada#List_Tag ()')
+  call ada#Map_Popup (
+     \'Tag.Jump',
+     \'j',
+     \'call ada#Jump_Tag ()')
+  call ada#Map_Menu (
+     \'Tag.Create File',
+     \':AdaTagFile',
+     \'call ada#Create_Tags (''file'')')
+  call ada#Map_Menu (
+     \'Tag.Create Dir',
+     \':AdaTagDir',
+     \'call ada#Create_Tags (''dir'')')
 
-call ada#Map_Menu (
-   \'Highlight.Toggle Space Errors',
-   \ ':AdaSpaces',
-   \'call ada#Switch_Syntax_Option (''space_errors'')')
-call ada#Map_Menu (
-   \'Highlight.Toggle Lines Errors',
-   \ ':AdaLines',
-   \'call ada#Switch_Syntax_Option (''line_errors'')')
-call ada#Map_Menu (
-   \'Highlight.Toggle Rainbow Color',
-   \ ':AdaRainbow',
-   \'call ada#Switch_Syntax_Option (''rainbow_color'')')
-call ada#Map_Menu (
-   \'Highlight.Toggle Standard Types',
-   \ ':AdaTypes',
-   \'call ada#Switch_Syntax_Option (''standard_types'')')
+  call ada#Map_Menu (
+     \'Highlight.Toggle Space Errors',
+     \ ':AdaSpaces',
+     \'call ada#Switch_Syntax_Option (''space_errors'')')
+  call ada#Map_Menu (
+     \'Highlight.Toggle Lines Errors',
+     \ ':AdaLines',
+     \'call ada#Switch_Syntax_Option (''line_errors'')')
+  call ada#Map_Menu (
+     \'Highlight.Toggle Rainbow Color',
+     \ ':AdaRainbow',
+     \'call ada#Switch_Syntax_Option (''rainbow_color'')')
+  call ada#Map_Menu (
+     \'Highlight.Toggle Standard Types',
+     \ ':AdaTypes',
+     \'call ada#Switch_Syntax_Option (''standard_types'')')
+endif
 
 " 1}}}
 " Reset cpoptions

runtime/ftplugin/basic.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+" Vim filetype plugin file
+" Language:	BASIC
+" Maintainer:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:	2015 Jan 10
+
+if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
+  finish
+endif
+let b:did_ftplugin = 1
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+setlocal comments=:REM,:'
+setlocal commentstring='\ %s
+setlocal formatoptions-=t formatoptions+=croql
+
+if (has("gui_win32") || has("gui_gtk")) && !exists("b:browsefilter")
+  let b:browsefilter = "BASIC Source Files (*.bas)\t*.bas\n" .
+		     \ "All Files (*.*)\t*.*\n"
+endif
+
+let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl fo< com< cms< sua<" .
+		    \ " | unlet! b:browsefilter"
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save

runtime/ftplugin/bzl.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:	Bazel (http://bazel.io)
 " Maintainer:	David Barnett (https://github.com/google/vim-ft-bzl)
-" Last Change:	2015 Aug 11
+" Last Change:	2021 Jan 19
 
 ""
 " @section Introduction, intro
@@ -51,6 +51,8 @@ if get(g:, 'ft_bzl_fold', 0)
 endif
 
 if exists('*BzlFoldText')
+  let &cpo = s:save_cpo
+  unlet s:save_cpo
   finish
 endif
 

runtime/ftplugin/clojure.vim

@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
-" Language:     Clojure
-" Author:       Meikel Brandmeyer <mb@kotka.de>
-"
-" Maintainer:   Sung Pae <self@sungpae.com>
-" URL:          https://github.com/guns/vim-clojure-static
-" License:      Same as Vim
-" Last Change:  18 July 2016
+" Language:           Clojure
+" Maintainer:         Alex Vear <av@axvr.io>
+" Former Maintainers: Sung Pae <self@sungpae.com>
+"                     Meikel Brandmeyer <mb@kotka.de>
+" URL:                https://github.com/clojure-vim/clojure.vim
+" License:            Vim (see :h license)
+" Last Change:        2021-02-13
 
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
 	finish
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ setlocal commentstring=;\ %s
 " specially and hence are not indented specially.
 "
 " -*- LISPWORDS -*-
-" Generated from https://github.com/guns/vim-clojure-static/blob/vim-release-011/clj/src/vim_clojure_static/generate.clj
+" Generated from https://github.com/clojure-vim/clojure.vim/blob/f8594e7030cdfb0b7990ac92953c77a08a7220f0/clj/src/vim_clojure_static/generate.clj
 setlocal lispwords=as->,binding,bound-fn,case,catch,cond->,cond->>,condp,def,definline,definterface,defmacro,defmethod,defmulti,defn,defn-,defonce,defprotocol,defrecord,defstruct,deftest,deftest-,deftype,doseq,dotimes,doto,extend,extend-protocol,extend-type,fn,for,if,if-let,if-not,if-some,let,letfn,locking,loop,ns,proxy,reify,set-test,testing,when,when-first,when-let,when-not,when-some,while,with-bindings,with-in-str,with-local-vars,with-open,with-precision,with-redefs,with-redefs-fn,with-test
 
 " Provide insert mode completions for special forms and clojure.core. As
@@ -57,21 +57,6 @@ for s:setting in ['omnifunc', 'completefunc']
 	endif
 endfor
 
-" Take all directories of the CLOJURE_SOURCE_DIRS environment variable
-" and add them to the path option.
-"
-" This is a legacy option for VimClojure users.
-if exists('$CLOJURE_SOURCE_DIRS')
-	for s:dir in split($CLOJURE_SOURCE_DIRS, (has("win32") || has("win64")) ? ';' : ':')
-		let s:dir = fnameescape(s:dir)
-		" Whitespace escaping for Windows
-		let s:dir = substitute(s:dir, '\', '\\\\', 'g')
-		let s:dir = substitute(s:dir, '\ ', '\\ ', 'g')
-		execute "setlocal path+=" . s:dir . "/**"
-	endfor
-	let b:undo_ftplugin .= ' | setlocal path<'
-endif
-
 " Skip brackets in ignored syntax regions when using the % command
 if exists('loaded_matchit')
 	let b:match_words = &matchpairs

runtime/ftplugin/css.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " Language:		CSS
 " Maintainer:		Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
 " Previous Maintainer:	Nikolai Weibull <now@bitwi.se>
-" Latest Revision:	2008-07-09
+" Last Change:		2020 Dec 21
 
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
   finish
@@ -12,11 +12,12 @@ let b:did_ftplugin = 1
 let s:cpo_save = &cpo
 set cpo&vim
 
-let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl com< cms< inc< fo< ofu<"
+let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl com< cms< inc< fo< ofu< isk<"
 
 setlocal comments=s1:/*,mb:*,ex:*/ commentstring&
 setlocal formatoptions-=t formatoptions+=croql
 setlocal omnifunc=csscomplete#CompleteCSS
+setlocal iskeyword+=-
 
 let &l:include = '^\s*@import\s\+\%(url(\)\='
 

runtime/ftplugin/dune.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Language:    Dune buildsystem
 " Maintainer:  Markus Mottl        <markus.mottl@gmail.com>
 "              Anton Kochkov       <anton.kochkov@gmail.com>
-" URL:         https://github.com/rgrinberg/vim-ocaml
+" URL:         https://github.com/ocaml/vim-ocaml
 " Last Change:
 "              2018 Nov 3 - Added commentstring (Markus Mottl)
 "              2017 Sep 6 - Initial version (Etienne Millon)

runtime/ftplugin/erlang.vim

@@ -1,87 +1,83 @@
 " Vim ftplugin file
-" Language:     Erlang
+" Language:     Erlang (http://www.erlang.org)
+" Maintainer:   Csaba Hoch <csaba.hoch@gmail.com>
 " Author:       Oscar Hellström <oscar@oscarh.net>
 " Contributors: Ricardo Catalinas Jiménez <jimenezrick@gmail.com>
 "               Eduardo Lopez (http://github.com/tapichu)
+"               Arvid Bjurklint (http://github.com/slarwise)
+" Last Update:  2021-Jan-08
 " License:      Vim license
-" Version:      2012/01/25
+" URL:          https://github.com/vim-erlang/vim-erlang-runtime
 
 if exists('b:did_ftplugin')
-	finish
-else
-	let b:did_ftplugin = 1
-endif
-
-if exists('s:did_function_definitions')
-	call s:SetErlangOptions()
-	finish
-else
-	let s:did_function_definitions = 1
+  finish
 endif
+let b:did_ftplugin = 1
 
 let s:cpo_save = &cpo
 set cpo&vim
 
-if !exists('g:erlang_keywordprg')
-	let g:erlang_keywordprg = 'erl -man'
+let &l:keywordprg = get(g:, 'erlang_keywordprg', 'erl -man')
+
+if get(g:, 'erlang_folding', 0)
+  setlocal foldmethod=expr
+  setlocal foldexpr=GetErlangFold(v:lnum)
+  setlocal foldtext=ErlangFoldText()
 endif
 
-if !exists('g:erlang_folding')
-	let g:erlang_folding = 0
-endif
+setlocal comments=:%%%,:%%,:%
+setlocal commentstring=%%s
+
+setlocal formatoptions+=ro
+
+setlocal suffixesadd=.erl,.hrl
+
+let &l:include = '^\s*-\%(include\|include_lib\)\s*("\zs\f*\ze")'
+let &l:define  = '^\s*-\%(define\|record\|type\|opaque\)'
 
 let s:erlang_fun_begin = '^\a\w*(.*$'
 let s:erlang_fun_end   = '^[^%]*\.\s*\(%.*\)\?$'
 
-function s:SetErlangOptions()
-	if g:erlang_folding
-		setlocal foldmethod=expr
-		setlocal foldexpr=GetErlangFold(v:lnum)
-		setlocal foldtext=ErlangFoldText()
-	endif
+if !exists('*GetErlangFold')
+  function GetErlangFold(lnum)
+    let lnum = a:lnum
+    let line = getline(lnum)
 
-	setlocal comments=:%%%,:%%,:%
-	setlocal commentstring=%%s
+    if line =~ s:erlang_fun_end
+      return '<1'
+    endif
 
-	setlocal formatoptions+=ro
-	let &l:keywordprg = g:erlang_keywordprg
-endfunction
+    if line =~ s:erlang_fun_begin && foldlevel(lnum - 1) == 1
+      return '1'
+    endif
 
-function GetErlangFold(lnum)
-	let lnum = a:lnum
-	let line = getline(lnum)
+    if line =~ s:erlang_fun_begin
+      return '>1'
+    endif
 
-	if line =~ s:erlang_fun_end
-		return '<1'
-	endif
+    return '='
+  endfunction
+endif
 
-	if line =~ s:erlang_fun_begin && foldlevel(lnum - 1) == 1
-		return '1'
-	endif
+if !exists('*ErlangFoldText')
+  function ErlangFoldText()
+    let line    = getline(v:foldstart)
+    let foldlen = v:foldend - v:foldstart + 1
+    let lines   = ' ' . foldlen . ' lines: ' . substitute(line, "[\ \t]*", '', '')
+    if foldlen < 10
+      let lines = ' ' . lines
+    endif
+    let retval = '+' . v:folddashes . lines
 
-	if line =~ s:erlang_fun_begin
-		return '>1'
-	endif
+    return retval
+  endfunction
+endif
 
-	return '='
-endfunction
-
-function ErlangFoldText()
-	let line    = getline(v:foldstart)
-	let foldlen = v:foldend - v:foldstart + 1
-	let lines   = ' ' . foldlen . ' lines: ' . substitute(line, "[\ \t]*", '', '')
-	if foldlen < 10
-		let lines = ' ' . lines
-	endif
-	let retval = '+' . v:folddashes . lines
-
-	return retval
-endfunction
-
-call s:SetErlangOptions()
-
-let b:undo_ftplugin = "setlocal foldmethod< foldexpr< foldtext<"
-	\ . " comments< commentstring< formatoptions<"
+let b:undo_ftplugin = "setlocal keywordprg< foldmethod< foldexpr< foldtext<"
+      \ . " comments< commentstring< formatoptions< suffixesadd< include<"
+      \ . " define<"
 
 let &cpo = s:cpo_save
 unlet s:cpo_save
+
+" vim: sw=2 et

runtime/ftplugin/framescript.vim

@@ -3,14 +3,14 @@
 " Previous Maintainer:  Nikolai Weibull <now@bitwi.se>
 " Latest Revision:      2008-07-19
 
-let s:cpo_save = &cpo
-set cpo&vim
-
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
   finish
 endif
 let b:did_ftplugin = 1
 
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
 let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl com< cms< fo< inc< | unlet! b:matchwords"
 
 setlocal comments=s1:/*,mb:*,ex:*/,:// commentstring=/*\ %s\ */

runtime/ftplugin/freebasic.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+" Vim filetype plugin file
+" Language:	FreeBasic
+" Maintainer:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:	2015 Jan 10
+
+if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
+  finish
+endif
+let b:did_ftplugin = 1
+
+runtime! ftplugin/basic.vim
+
+" vim: ts=8

runtime/ftplugin/fstab.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+" Vim ftplugin file
+" Language: fstab file
+" Maintainer: Radu Dineiu <radu.dineiu@gmail.com>
+" URL: https://raw.github.com/rid9/vim-fstab/master/ftplugin/fstab.vim
+" Last Change: 2021 Jan 02
+" Version: 1.0
+"
+" Credits:
+"   Subhaditya Nath <sn03.general@gmail.com>
+
+if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
+	finish
+endif
+let b:did_ftplugin = 1
+
+setlocal commentstring=#%s
+let b:undo_ftplugin = "setlocal commentstring<"
+
+" vim: ts=8 ft=vim

runtime/ftplugin/hamster.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " Language:    Hamster Script
 " Version:     2.0.6.0
 " Maintainer:  David Fishburn <dfishburn dot vim at gmail dot com>
-" Last Change: 2017 Mar 18
+" Last Change: 2021 Jan 19
 
 " Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
@@ -57,6 +57,9 @@ if exists("loaded_matchit")
 endif
 
 setlocal ignorecase
+
 let &cpo = s:cpo_save
 unlet s:cpo_save
-setlocal cpo+=M		" makes \%( match \)
+
+" Disabled, 'cpo' is a global option.
+" setlocal cpo+=M		" makes \%( match \)

runtime/ftplugin/nroff.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,9 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin
 " Language:	roff(7)
-" Maintainer:	Chris Spiegel <cspiegel@gmail.com>
-" Last Change:	2019 Apr 24
+" Maintainer:	Aman Verma
+" Homepage:	https://github.com/a-vrma/vim-nroff-ftplugin
+" Previous Maintainer:	Chris Spiegel <cspiegel@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:	2020 Nov 21
 
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
   finish
@@ -9,3 +11,7 @@ endif
 let b:did_ftplugin = 1
 
 setlocal commentstring=.\\\"%s
+setlocal comments=:.\\\"
+setlocal sections+=Sh
+
+let b:undo_ftplugin = 'setlocal commentstring< comments< sections<'

runtime/ftplugin/ocaml.vim

@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 "              Pierre Vittet       <pierre-vittet@pvittet.com>
 "              Stefano Zacchiroli  <zack@bononia.it>
 "              Vincent Aravantinos <firstname.name@imag.fr>
-" URL:         https://github.com/rgrinberg/vim-ocaml
+" URL:         https://github.com/ocaml/vim-ocaml
 " Last Change:
 "              2013 Oct 27 - Added commentstring (MM)
 "              2013 Jul 26 - load default compiler settings (MM)
@@ -38,7 +38,8 @@ let s:cposet=&cpoptions
 set cpo&vim
 
 " Comment string
-setlocal comments=
+setlocal comments=sr:(*\ ,mb:\ ,ex:*)
+setlocal comments^=sr:(**,mb:\ \ ,ex:*)
 setlocal commentstring=(*%s*)
 
 " Add mappings, unless the user didn't want this.
@@ -158,6 +159,8 @@ let b:undo_ftplugin = "setlocal efm< foldmethod< foldexpr<"
 " - Only definitions below, executed once -------------------------------------
 
 if exists("*OMLetFoldLevel")
+  let &cpoptions = s:cposet
+  unlet s:cposet
   finish
 endif
 
@@ -391,9 +394,9 @@ endfunction
     endif
   endfun
 
-  " This variable contain a dictionnary of list. Each element of the dictionnary
-  " represent an annotation system. An annotation system is a list with :
-  " - annotation file name as it's key
+  " This variable contains a dictionary of lists. Each element of the dictionary
+  " represents an annotation system. An annotation system is a list with:
+  " - annotation file name as its key
   " - annotation file path as first element of the contained list
   " - build path as second element of the contained list
   " - annot_file_last_mod (contain the date of .annot file) as third element
@@ -521,7 +524,7 @@ endfunction
   "c. link this stuff with what the user wants
   " ie. get the expression selected/under the cursor
 
-    let s:ocaml_word_char = '\w|[<EFBFBD>-<2D>]|'''
+    let s:ocaml_word_char = '\w|[\xc0-\xff]|'''
 
       "In:  the current mode (eg. "visual", "normal", etc.)
       "Out: the borders of the expression we are looking for the type
@@ -634,7 +637,7 @@ endfunction
   nnoremap <silent> <Plug>OCamlPrintType :<C-U>call Ocaml_print_type("normal")<CR>
   xnoremap <silent> <Plug>OCamlPrintType :<C-U>call Ocaml_print_type("visual")<CR>`<
 
-let &cpoptions=s:cposet
+let &cpoptions = s:cposet
 unlet s:cposet
 
 " vim:sw=2 fdm=indent

runtime/ftplugin/pbtxt.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+" Vim filetype plugin file
+" Language:             Protobuf Text Format
+" Maintainer:           Lakshay Garg <lakshayg@outlook.in>
+" Last Change:          2020 Nov 17
+" Homepage:             https://github.com/lakshayg/vim-pbtxt
+
+if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
+  finish
+endif
+
+let b:did_ftplugin = 1
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+setlocal commentstring=#\ %s
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save
+
+" vim: nowrap sw=2 sts=2 ts=8 noet

runtime/ftplugin/sexplib.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+" Vim filetype plugin file
+" Language:    Sexplib
+" Maintainer:  Markus Mottl        <markus.mottl@gmail.com>
+" URL:         https://github.com/ocaml/vim-ocaml
+" Last Change:
+"              2017 Apr 12 - First version (MM)
+
+if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
+  finish
+endif
+let b:did_ftplugin=1
+
+" Comment string
+setl commentstring=;\ %s
+setl comments=:;

runtime/ftplugin/spec.vim

@@ -73,23 +73,23 @@ if !exists("*s:SpecChangelog")
 		let chgline = -1
 		while (line <= line("$"))
 			let linestr = getline(line)
-			if (name == "" && linestr =~? '^Name:')
+			if name == "" && linestr =~? '^Name:'
 				let nameline = line
 				let name = substitute(strpart(linestr,5), '^[	 ]*\([^ 	]\+\)[		]*$','\1','')
-			elseif (ver == "" && linestr =~? '^Version:')
+			elseif ver == "" && linestr =~? '^Version:'
 				let verline = line
 				let ver = substitute(strpart(linestr,8), '^[	 ]*\([^ 	]\+\)[		]*$','\1','')
-			elseif (rel == "" && linestr =~? '^Release:')
+			elseif rel == "" && linestr =~? '^Release:'
 				let relline = line
 				let rel = substitute(strpart(linestr,8), '^[	 ]*\([^ 	]\+\)[		]*$','\1','')
-			elseif (linestr =~? '^%changelog')
+			elseif linestr =~? '^%changelog'
 				let chgline = line
 				execute line
 				break
 			endif
 			let line = line+1
 		endwhile
-		if (nameline != -1 && verline != -1 && relline != -1)
+		if nameline != -1 && verline != -1 && relline != -1
 			let include_release_info = exists("g:spec_chglog_release_info")
 			let name = s:ParseRpmVars(name, nameline)
 			let ver = s:ParseRpmVars(ver, verline)
@@ -100,20 +100,20 @@ if !exists("*s:SpecChangelog")
 
 		call s:GetRelVer()
 
-		if (chgline == -1)
+		if chgline == -1
 			let option = confirm("Can't find %changelog. Create one? ","&End of file\n&Here\n&Cancel",3)
-			if (option == 1)
+			if option == 1
 				call append(line("$"),"")
 				call append(line("$"),"%changelog")
 				execute line("$")
 				let chgline = line(".")
-			elseif (option == 2)
+			elseif option == 2
 				call append(line("."),"%changelog")
 				normal j
-				chgline = line(".")
+				let chgline = line(".")
 			endif
 		endif
-		if (chgline != -1)
+		if chgline != -1
 			let tmptime = v:lc_time
 			language time C
 			let parsed_format = "* ".strftime(format)." - ".ver."-".rel
@@ -122,16 +122,16 @@ if !exists("*s:SpecChangelog")
 			let wrong_format = 0
 			let wrong_release = 0
 			let insert_line = 0
-			if (getline(chgline+1) != parsed_format)
+			if getline(chgline+1) != parsed_format
 				let wrong_format = 1
 			endif
-			if (include_release_info && getline(chgline+2) != release_info)
+			if include_release_info && getline(chgline+2) != release_info
 				let wrong_release = 1
 			endif
-			if (wrong_format || wrong_release)
-				if (include_release_info && !wrong_release && !exists("g:spec_chglog_never_increase_release"))
+			if wrong_format || wrong_release
+				if include_release_info && !wrong_release && !exists("g:spec_chglog_never_increase_release")
 					let option = confirm("Increase release? ","&Yes\n&No",1)
-					if (option == 1)
+					if option == 1
 						execute relline
 						normal 

 						let rel = substitute(strpart(getline(relline),8), '^[	 ]*\([^ 	]\+\)[		]*$','\1','')
@@ -171,13 +171,13 @@ if !exists("*s:ParseRpmVars")
 	let ret = ""
 	while (1)
 		let start = match(a:str, "\%{", end+1)
-		if (start == -1)
+		if start == -1
 			let ret = ret . strpart(a:str, end+1)
 			break
 		endif
 		let ret = ret . strpart(a:str, end+1, start-(end+1))
 		let end = match(a:str, "}", start)
-		if (end == -1)
+		if end == -1
 			let ret = ret . strpart(a:str, start)
 			break
 		endif
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ if !exists("*s:ParseRpmVars")
 		execute a:strline
 		let definestr = "^[ \t]*%\\(define\\|global\\)[ \t]\\+".varname."[ \t]\\+\\(.*\\)$"
 		let linenum = search(definestr, "bW")
-		if (linenum != 0)
+		if linenum != 0
 			let ret = ret .  substitute(getline(linenum), definestr, "\\2", "")
 		endif
 	endwhile

runtime/ftplugin/swift.vim

@@ -6,7 +6,16 @@
 " See https://swift.org/LICENSE.txt for license information
 " See https://swift.org/CONTRIBUTORS.txt for the list of Swift project authors
 "
-" Vim maintainer: Emir SARI <bitigchi@me.com>
+" Vim maintainer: 	Emir SARI <bitigchi@me.com>
+" Last Change:		2021 Jan 08
+
+" Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
+if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
+    finish
+endif
+
+let b:did_ftplugin = 1
+let b:undo_ftplugin = "setlocal comments< expandtab< tabstop< shiftwidth< smartindent<"
 
 setlocal comments=s1:/*,mb:*,ex:*/,:///,://
 setlocal expandtab

runtime/ftplugin/tidy.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+" Vim filetype plugin file
+" Language:	HMTL Tidy Configuration
+" Maintainer:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:	2020 Sep 4
+
+if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
+  finish
+endif
+let b:did_ftplugin = 1
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+setlocal comments=:#,://
+setlocal commentstring=#\ %s
+setlocal formatoptions-=t formatoptions+=croql
+
+if (has("gui_win32") || has("gui_gtk")) && !exists("b:browsefilter")
+  let b:browsefilter = "HTML Tidy Files (tidyrc, .tidyrc, tidy.conf)\ttidyrc;.tidyrc;tidy.conf\n" .
+		     \ "HTML Files (*.html, *.htm)\t*.html;*.htm\n" .
+		     \ "XHTML Files (*.xhtml, *.xhtm)\t*.xhtml;*.xhtm\n" .
+		     \ "XML Files (*.xml)\t*.xml\n" .
+		     \ "All Files (*.*)\t*.*\n"
+endif
+
+let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl fo< com< cms<" .
+		    \ " | unlet! b:browsefilter"
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save
+
+" vim: nowrap sw=2 sts=2 ts=8

runtime/ftplugin/vim.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin
 " Language:	Vim
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2020 Aug 14
+" Last Change:	2021 Feb 07
 
 " Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
@@ -48,18 +48,23 @@ setlocal isk+=#
 " Use :help to lookup the keyword under the cursor with K.
 setlocal keywordprg=:help
 
-" Set 'comments' to format dashed lists in comments
-" Avoid that #{} starts a comment.
-setlocal com=sO:\"\ -,mO:\"\ \ ,sO:#\ -,mO:#\ \ ,eO:##,:\",b:#
+if "\n" .. getline(1, 10)->join("\n") =~# '\n\s*vim9\%[script]\>'
+  " Set 'comments' to format dashed lists in comments
+  setlocal com=sO:#\ -,mO:#\ \ ,eO:##,:#
+  " Comments starts with # in Vim9 script
+  setlocal commentstring=#%s
+else
+  setlocal com=sO:\"\ -,mO:\"\ \ ,:\"
+  " Comments starts with a double quote in legacy script
+  setlocal commentstring=\"%s
+endif
+
 
 " Format comments to be up to 78 characters long
 if &tw == 0
   setlocal tw=78
 endif
 
-" Comments start with a double quote; in Vim9 script # would also work
-setlocal commentstring=\"%s
-
 if !exists("no_plugin_maps") && !exists("no_vim_maps")
   let b:did_add_maps = 1
 
@@ -83,8 +88,13 @@ endif
 " Let the matchit plugin know what items can be matched.
 if exists("loaded_matchit")
   let b:match_ignorecase = 0
+  " "func" can also be used as a type:
+  "   var Ref: func
+  " or to list functions:
+  "   func name
+  " require a parenthesis following, then there can be an "endfunc".
   let b:match_words =
-	\ '\<\%(fu\%[nction]\|def\)\>)\@!:\<retu\%[rn]\>:\<\%(endf\%[unction]\|enddef\)\>,' .
+	\ '\<\%(fu\%[nction]\|def\)!\=\s\+\S\+(:\<retu\%[rn]\>:\<\%(endf\%[unction]\|enddef\)\>,' .
  	\ '\<\(wh\%[ile]\|for\)\>:\<brea\%[k]\>:\<con\%[tinue]\>:\<end\(w\%[hile]\|fo\%[r]\)\>,' .
 	\ '\<if\>:\<el\%[seif]\>:\<en\%[dif]\>,' .
 	\ '{:},' .

runtime/ftplugin/zsh.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " Language:             Zsh shell script
 " Maintainer:           Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
 " Previous Maintainer:  Nikolai Weibull <now@bitwi.se>
-" Latest Revision:      2020-01-10
+" Latest Revision:      2020-09-01
 " License:              Vim (see :h license)
 " Repository:           https://github.com/chrisbra/vim-zsh
 
@@ -19,20 +19,21 @@ setlocal comments=:# commentstring=#\ %s formatoptions-=t formatoptions+=croql
 let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl com< cms< fo< "
 
 if executable('zsh')
- if !has('gui_running') && executable('less')
-   command! -buffer -nargs=1 RunHelp silent exe '!zsh -ic "autoload -Uz run-help; run-help <args> 2>/dev/null | LESS= less"' | redraw!
- elseif has('terminal')
-   command! -buffer -nargs=1 RunHelp silent exe ':term zsh -ic "autoload -Uz run-help; run-help <args>"'
- else
-   command! -buffer -nargs=1 RunHelp echo system('zsh -ic "autoload -Uz run-help; run-help <args> 2>/dev/null"')
- endif
+  if !has('gui_running') && executable('less')
+    command! -buffer -nargs=1 RunHelp silent exe '!MANPAGER= zsh -ic "autoload -Uz run-help; run-help <args> 2>/dev/null | LESS= less"' | redraw!
+  elseif has('terminal')
+    command! -buffer -nargs=1 RunHelp silent exe ':term zsh -ic "autoload -Uz run-help; run-help <args>"'
+  else
+    command! -buffer -nargs=1 RunHelp echo system('zsh -ic "autoload -Uz run-help; run-help <args> 2>/dev/null"')
+  endif
+  if !exists('current_compiler')
+    compiler zsh
+  endif
   setlocal keywordprg=:RunHelp
-  setlocal makeprg=zsh\ -n\ --\ %:S
-  setlocal errorformat=%f:\ line\ %l:\ %m
-  let b:undo_ftplugin .= 'keywordprg< errorformat< makeprg<'
+  let b:undo_ftplugin .= 'keywordprg<'
 endif
 
-let b:match_words = ',\<if\>:\<elif\>:\<else\>:\<fi\>'
+let b:match_words = '\<if\>:\<elif\>:\<else\>:\<fi\>'
       \ . ',\<case\>:^\s*([^)]*):\<esac\>'
       \ . ',\<\%(select\|while\|until\|repeat\|for\%(each\)\=\)\>:\<done\>'
 let b:match_skip = 's:comment\|string\|heredoc\|subst'

runtime/gvim.desktop

@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ GenericName[eo]=Tekstoredaktilo
 GenericName[fr]=Éditeur de texte
 GenericName[ja]=テキストエディタ
 GenericName[ru]=Текстовый редактор
-GenericName[sr]=Текст Едитор
+GenericName[sr]=Едитор текст
 GenericName[tr]=Metin Düzenleyici
 GenericName=Text Editor
 # Translators: This is the comment used in the Vim desktop file
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ Comment[eo]=Redakti tekstajn dosierojn
 Comment[fr]=Éditer des fichiers texte
 Comment[ja]=テキストファイルを編集します
 Comment[ru]=Редактирование текстовых файлов
-Comment[sr]=Уређивање текст фајлова
+Comment[sr]=Уређујте текст фајлове
 Comment[tr]=Metin dosyaları düzenleyin
 Comment=Edit text files
 # The translations should come from the po file. Leave them here for now, they will
@@ -112,7 +112,6 @@ Icon[de]=gvim
 Icon[eo]=gvim
 Icon[fr]=gvim
 Icon[ru]=gvim
-Icon[sr]=gvim
 Icon=gvim
 Categories=Utility;TextEditor;
 StartupNotify=true

runtime/indent/clojure.vim

@@ -1,12 +1,11 @@
 " Vim indent file
-" Language:     Clojure
-" Author:       Meikel Brandmeyer <mb@kotka.de>
-" URL:          http://kotka.de/projects/clojure/vimclojure.html
-"
-" Maintainer:   Sung Pae <self@sungpae.com>
-" URL:          https://github.com/guns/vim-clojure-static
-" License:      Same as Vim
-" Last Change:  18 July 2016
+" Language:           Clojure
+" Maintainer:         Alex Vear <av@axvr.io>
+" Former Maintainers: Sung Pae <self@sungpae.com>
+"                     Meikel Brandmeyer <mb@kotka.de>
+" URL:                https://github.com/clojure-vim/clojure.vim
+" License:            Vim (see :h license)
+" Last Change:        2021-02-13
 
 if exists("b:did_indent")
 	finish
@@ -87,7 +86,7 @@ if exists("*searchpairpos")
 	function! s:match_pairs(open, close, stopat)
 		" Stop only on vector and map [ resp. {. Ignore the ones in strings and
 		" comments.
-		if a:stopat == 0
+		if a:stopat == 0 && g:clojure_maxlines > 0
 			let stopat = max([line(".") - g:clojure_maxlines, 0])
 		else
 			let stopat = a:stopat
@@ -121,7 +120,7 @@ if exists("*searchpairpos")
 			if s:syn_id_name() !~? "string"
 				return -1
 			endif
-			if s:current_char() != '\\'
+			if s:current_char() != '\'
 				return -1
 			endif
 			call cursor(0, col("$") - 1)
@@ -170,7 +169,35 @@ if exists("*searchpairpos")
 
 		call search('\S', 'W')
 		let w = s:strip_namespace_and_macro_chars(s:current_word())
+
 		if g:clojure_special_indent_words =~# '\V\<' . w . '\>'
+
+			" `letfn` is a special-special-case.
+			if w ==# 'letfn'
+				" Earlier code left the cursor at:
+				"     (letfn [...] ...)
+				"      ^
+
+				" Search and get coordinates of first `[`
+				"     (letfn [...] ...)
+				"            ^
+				call search('\[', 'W')
+				let pos = getcurpos()
+				let letfn_bracket = [pos[1], pos[2]]
+
+				" Move cursor to start of the form this function was
+				" initially called on.  Grab the coordinates of the
+				" closest outer `[`.
+				call cursor(a:position)
+				let outer_bracket = s:match_pairs('\[', '\]', 0)
+
+				" If the located square brackets are not the same,
+				" don't use special-case formatting.
+				if outer_bracket != letfn_bracket
+					return 0
+				endif
+			endif
+
 			return 1
 		endif
 
@@ -190,11 +217,7 @@ if exists("*searchpairpos")
 	" Check if form is a reader conditional, that is, it is prefixed by #?
 	" or @#?
 	function! s:is_reader_conditional_special_case(position)
-		if getline(a:position[0])[a:position[1] - 3 : a:position[1] - 2] == "#?"
-			return 1
-		endif
-
-		return 0
+		return getline(a:position[0])[a:position[1] - 3 : a:position[1] - 2] == "#?"
 	endfunction
 
 	" Returns 1 for opening brackets, -1 for _anything else_.
@@ -261,7 +284,7 @@ if exists("*searchpairpos")
 		call cursor(paren)
 
 		if s:is_method_special_case(paren)
-			return [paren[0], paren[1] + shiftwidth() - 1]
+			return [paren[0], paren[1] + &shiftwidth - 1]
 		endif
 
 		if s:is_reader_conditional_special_case(paren)
@@ -292,6 +315,19 @@ if exists("*searchpairpos")
 			return paren
 		endif
 
+		" If the keyword begins with #, check if it is an anonymous
+		" function or set, in which case we indent by the shiftwidth
+		" (minus one if g:clojure_align_subforms = 1), or if it is
+		" ignored, in which case we use the ( position for indent.
+		if w[0] == "#"
+			" TODO: Handle #=() and other rare reader invocations?
+			if w[1] == '(' || w[1] == '{'
+				return [paren[0], paren[1] + (g:clojure_align_subforms ? 0 : &shiftwidth - 1)]
+			elseif w[1] == '_'
+				return paren
+			endif
+		endif
+
 		" Test words without namespace qualifiers and leading reader macro
 		" metacharacters.
 		"
@@ -299,19 +335,19 @@ if exists("*searchpairpos")
 		let ww = s:strip_namespace_and_macro_chars(w)
 
 		if &lispwords =~# '\V\<' . ww . '\>'
-			return [paren[0], paren[1] + shiftwidth() - 1]
+			return [paren[0], paren[1] + &shiftwidth - 1]
 		endif
 
 		if g:clojure_fuzzy_indent
 			\ && !s:match_one(g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_blacklist, ww)
 			\ && s:match_one(g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_patterns, ww)
-			return [paren[0], paren[1] + shiftwidth() - 1]
+			return [paren[0], paren[1] + &shiftwidth - 1]
 		endif
 
 		call search('\v\_s', 'cW')
 		call search('\v\S', 'W')
 		if paren[0] < line(".")
-			return [paren[0], paren[1] + (g:clojure_align_subforms ? 0 : shiftwidth() - 1)]
+			return [paren[0], paren[1] + (g:clojure_align_subforms ? 0 : &shiftwidth - 1)]
 		endif
 
 		call search('\v\S', 'bW')

runtime/indent/dune.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+" Vim indent file
+" Language: dune
+" Maintainers:  Markus Mottl         <markus.mottl@gmail.com>
+" URL:          https://github.com/ocaml/vim-ocaml
+" Last Change:  2021 Jan 01
+
+if exists("b:did_indent")
+ finish
+endif
+let b:did_indent = 1
+
+" dune format-dune-file uses 1 space to indent
+setlocal softtabstop=1 shiftwidth=1 expandtab

runtime/indent/fortran.vim

@@ -74,11 +74,15 @@ endif
 if (b:fortran_fixed_source == 1)
   setlocal indentexpr=FortranGetFixedIndent()
   if exists("*FortranGetFixedIndent")
+    let &cpoptions = s:cposet
+    unlet s:cposet
     finish
   endif
 else
   setlocal indentexpr=FortranGetFreeIndent()
   if exists("*FortranGetFreeIndent")
+    let &cpoptions = s:cposet
+    unlet s:cposet
     finish
   endif
 endif
@@ -213,7 +217,7 @@ function FortranGetFixedIndent()
   return ind
 endfunction
 
-let &cpoptions=s:cposet
+let &cpoptions = s:cposet
 unlet s:cposet
 
 " vim:sw=2 tw=130

runtime/indent/html.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim indent script for HTML
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar
 " Original Author: Andy Wokula <anwoku@yahoo.de>
-" Last Change:	2020 Jul 06
+" Last Change:	2021 Jan 26
 " Version:	1.0 "{{{
 " Description:	HTML indent script with cached state for faster indenting on a
 "		range of lines.
@@ -815,7 +815,7 @@ func! s:Alien5()
   let idx = match(prevtext, '^\s*\zs<!--')
   if idx >= 0
     " just below comment start, add a shiftwidth
-    return idx + shiftwidth()
+    return indent(prevlnum) + shiftwidth()
   endif
 
   " Some files add 4 spaces just below a TODO line.  It's difficult to detect
@@ -941,11 +941,11 @@ func! s:InsideTag(foundHtmlString)
       let idx = match(text, '<' . s:tagname . '\s\+\zs\w')
     endif
     if idx == -1
-      " after just "<tag" indent one level more
+      " after just "<tag" indent two levels more
       let idx = match(text, '<' . s:tagname . '$')
       if idx >= 0
-	call cursor(lnum, idx)
-	return virtcol('.') + shiftwidth()
+	call cursor(lnum, idx + 1)
+	return virtcol('.') - 1 + shiftwidth() * 2
       endif
     endif
     if idx > 0

runtime/indent/ocaml.vim

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 " Maintainers:  Jean-Francois Yuen   <jfyuen@happycoders.org>
 "               Mike Leary           <leary@nwlink.com>
 "               Markus Mottl         <markus.mottl@gmail.com>
-" URL:          http://www.ocaml.info/vim/indent/ocaml.vim
+" URL:          https://github.com/ocaml/vim-ocaml
 " Last Change:  2017 Jun 13
 "               2005 Jun 25 - Fixed multiple bugs due to 'else\nreturn ind' working
 "               2005 May 09 - Added an option to not indent OCaml-indents specially (MM)
@@ -30,7 +30,8 @@ setlocal nosmartindent
 " Comment formatting
 if !exists("no_ocaml_comments")
  if (has("comments"))
-   setlocal comments=sr:(*,mb:*,ex:*)
+   setlocal comments=sr:(*\ ,mb:\ ,ex:*)
+   setlocal comments^=sr:(**,mb:\ \ ,ex:*)
    setlocal fo=cqort
  endif
 endif

runtime/indent/ruby.vim

@@ -4,7 +4,6 @@
 " Previous Maintainer:	Nikolai Weibull <now at bitwi.se>
 " URL:			https://github.com/vim-ruby/vim-ruby
 " Release Coordinator:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
-" Last Change:		2019 Dec 08
 
 " 0. Initialization {{{1
 " =================
@@ -27,7 +26,12 @@ endif
 
 if !exists('g:ruby_indent_block_style')
   " Possible values: "expression", "do"
-  let g:ruby_indent_block_style = 'expression'
+  let g:ruby_indent_block_style = 'do'
+endif
+
+if !exists('g:ruby_indent_hanging_elements')
+  " Non-zero means hanging indents are enabled, zero means disabled
+  let g:ruby_indent_hanging_elements = 1
 endif
 
 setlocal nosmartindent
@@ -322,7 +326,11 @@ function! s:ClosingBracketOnEmptyLine(cline_info) abort
 
     if searchpair(escape(bracket_pair[0], '\['), '', bracket_pair[1], 'bW', s:skip_expr) > 0
       if closing_bracket == ')' && col('.') != col('$') - 1
-        let ind = virtcol('.') - 1
+        if g:ruby_indent_hanging_elements
+          let ind = virtcol('.') - 1
+        else
+          let ind = indent(line('.'))
+        end
       elseif g:ruby_indent_block_style == 'do'
         let ind = indent(line('.'))
       else " g:ruby_indent_block_style == 'expression'
@@ -547,7 +555,9 @@ function! s:AfterUnbalancedBracket(pline_info) abort
     let [opening, closing] = s:ExtraBrackets(info.plnum)
 
     if opening.pos != -1
-      if opening.type == '(' && searchpair('(', '', ')', 'bW', s:skip_expr) > 0
+      if !g:ruby_indent_hanging_elements
+        return indent(info.plnum) + info.sw
+      elseif opening.type == '(' && searchpair('(', '', ')', 'bW', s:skip_expr) > 0
         if col('.') + 1 == col('$')
           return indent(info.plnum) + info.sw
         else
@@ -632,8 +642,7 @@ function! s:PreviousNotMSL(msl_info) abort
       " TODO (2016-10-07) Wrong/unused? How could it be "1"?
       return indent(info.plnum) - 1
       " If previous line is a continuation return its indent.
-      " TODO: the || s:IsInString() thing worries me a bit.
-    elseif s:Match(info.plnum, s:non_bracket_continuation_regex) || s:IsInString(info.plnum, strlen(line))
+    elseif s:Match(info.plnum, s:non_bracket_continuation_regex)
       return indent(info.plnum)
     endif
   endif

runtime/indent/systemverilog.vim

@@ -227,4 +227,4 @@ endfunction
 let &cpo = s:cpo_save
 unlet s:cpo_save
 
-" vim:sw=2
+" vim:sw=2

runtime/indent/testdir/html.ok

@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ div#d2 { color: green; }
 	</div>
 
 	<div
-	    class="foo bar">
+		class="foo bar">
 	    text
 	</div>
 

runtime/indent/testdir/vim.in

@@ -10,6 +10,26 @@ let cmd =
 \ 'some '
 \ 'string'
 
+if 1
+let x = [
+\ ]
+endif
+
+" TODO: add searchpair() to find matching {
+"for x in [
+"{
+"key: 'value'
+"},
+"]
+"eval 0
+"endfor
+
+for x in [
+{key: 'value'},
+]
+eval 0
+endfor
+
 " END_INDENT
 
 " START_INDENT
@@ -21,8 +41,27 @@ let cmd =
 
 " END_INDENT
 
+" START_INDENT
+" INDENT_EXE let g:vim_indent_cont = 5
+
+let list = [
+\ 'one',
+\ 'two']
+
+" END_INDENT
+
 " START_INDENT
 " INDENT_EXE unlet g:vim_indent_cont
+
+let list = [
+'one',
+'two',
+]
+echo
+
+" END_INDENT
+
+" START_INDENT
 " INDENT_AT  this-line
 func Some()
 let f = x " this-line

runtime/indent/testdir/vim.ok

@@ -10,6 +10,26 @@ let cmd =
 	    \ 'some '
 	    \ 'string'
 
+if 1
+    let x = [
+		\ ]
+endif
+
+" TODO: add searchpair() to find matching {
+"for x in [
+"{
+"key: 'value'
+"},
+"]
+"eval 0
+"endfor
+
+for x in [
+	{key: 'value'},
+	]
+    eval 0
+endfor
+
 " END_INDENT
 
 " START_INDENT
@@ -21,8 +41,27 @@ let cmd =
 
 " END_INDENT
 
+" START_INDENT
+" INDENT_EXE let g:vim_indent_cont = 5
+
+let list = [
+     \ 'one',
+     \ 'two']
+
+" END_INDENT
+
 " START_INDENT
 " INDENT_EXE unlet g:vim_indent_cont
+
+let list = [
+    'one',
+    'two',
+    ]
+echo
+
+" END_INDENT
+
+" START_INDENT
 " INDENT_AT  this-line
 func Some()
     let f = x " this-line

runtime/indent/vim.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim indent file
 " Language:	Vim script
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2020 Sep 27
+" Last Change:	2021 Feb 13
 
 " Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
 if exists("b:did_indent")
@@ -38,6 +38,9 @@ function GetVimIndentIntern()
   " Find a non-blank line above the current line.
   let lnum = prevnonblank(v:lnum - 1)
 
+  " The previous line, ignoring line continuation
+  let prev_text_end = lnum > 0 ? getline(lnum) : ''
+
   " If the current line doesn't start with '\' or '"\ ' and below a line that
   " starts with '\' or '"\ ', use the indent of the line above it.
   let cur_text = getline(v:lnum)
@@ -51,7 +54,10 @@ function GetVimIndentIntern()
   if lnum == 0
     return 0
   endif
+
+  " the start of the previous line, skipping over line continuation
   let prev_text = getline(lnum)
+  let found_cont = 0
 
   " Add a 'shiftwidth' after :if, :while, :try, :catch, :finally, :function
   " and :else.  Add it three times for a line that starts with '\' or '"\ '
@@ -83,6 +89,7 @@ function GetVimIndentIntern()
   endif
 
   if cur_text =~ s:lineContPat && v:lnum > 1 && prev_text !~ s:lineContPat
+    let found_cont = 1
     if exists("g:vim_indent_cont")
       let ind = ind + g:vim_indent_cont
     else
@@ -92,7 +99,9 @@ function GetVimIndentIntern()
     let ind = ind + shiftwidth()
   else
     " A line starting with :au does not increment/decrement indent.
-    if prev_text !~ '^\s*au\%[tocmd]'
+    " A { may start a block or a dict.  Assume that when a } follows it's a
+    " terminated dict.
+    if prev_text !~ '^\s*au\%[tocmd]' && prev_text !~ '^\s*{.*}'
       let i = match(prev_text, '\(^\||\)\s*\(export\s\+\)\?\({\|\(if\|wh\%[ile]\|for\|try\|cat\%[ch]\|fina\|finall\%[y]\|fu\%[nction]\|def\|el\%[seif]\)\>\)')
       if i >= 0
 	let ind += shiftwidth()
@@ -114,10 +123,54 @@ function GetVimIndentIntern()
     endif
   endif
 
+  " For a line starting with "}" find the matching "{".  If it is at the start
+  " of the line align with it, probably end of a block.
+  " Use the mapped "%" from matchit to find the match, otherwise we may match
+  " a { inside a comment or string.
+  if cur_text =~ '^\s*}'
+    if maparg('%') != ''
+      exe v:lnum
+      silent! normal %
+      if line('.') < v:lnum && getline('.') =~ '^\s*{'
+	let ind = indent('.')
+      endif
+    else
+      " todo: use searchpair() to find a match
+    endif
+  endif
+
+  " Below a line starting with "}" find the matching "{".  If it is at the
+  " end of the line we must be below the end of a dictionary.
+  if prev_text =~ '^\s*}'
+    if maparg('%') != ''
+      exe lnum
+      silent! normal %
+      if line('.') == lnum || getline('.') !~ '^\s*{'
+	let ind = ind - shiftwidth()
+      endif
+    else
+      " todo: use searchpair() to find a match
+    endif
+  endif
+
+  " Below a line starting with "]" we must be below the end of a list.
+  " Include a "}" and "},} in case a dictionary ends too.
+  if prev_text_end =~ '^\s*\(},\=\s*\)\=]'
+    let ind = ind - shiftwidth()
+  endif
+
+  let ends_in_comment = has('syntax_items')
+	      \ && synIDattr(synID(lnum, col('$'), 1), "name") =~ '\(Comment\|String\)$'
+
+  " A line ending in "{"/"[} is most likely the start of a dict/list literal,
+  " indent the next line more.  Not for a continuation line or {{{.
+  if !ends_in_comment && prev_text_end =~ '\s[{[]\s*$' && !found_cont
+    let ind = ind + shiftwidth()
+  endif
 
   " Subtract a 'shiftwidth' on a :endif, :endwhile, :catch, :finally, :endtry,
   " :endfun, :enddef, :else and :augroup END.
-  if cur_text =~ '^\s*\(ene\@!\|}\|cat\|finall\|el\|aug\%[roup]\s\+[eE][nN][dD]\)'
+  if cur_text =~ '^\s*\(ene\@!\|cat\|finall\|el\|aug\%[roup]\s\+[eE][nN][dD]\)'
     let ind = ind - shiftwidth()
   endif
 

runtime/indent/xml.vim

@@ -2,8 +2,9 @@
 " Maintainer: Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
 " Repository: https://github.com/chrisbra/vim-xml-ftplugin
 " Previous Maintainer: Johannes Zellner <johannes@zellner.org>
-" Last Changed: 2019 Dec 02
+" Last Changed: 2020 Nov 4th
 " Last Change:
+" 20200529 - Handle empty closing tags correctly
 " 20191202 - Handle docbk filetype
 " 20190726 - Correctly handle non-tagged data
 " 20190204 - correctly handle wrap tags
@@ -45,7 +46,7 @@ if !exists('b:xml_indent_open')
 endif
 
 if !exists('b:xml_indent_close')
-    let b:xml_indent_close = '.\{-}</'
+    let b:xml_indent_close = '.\{-}</\|/>.\{-}'
     " end pre tag, e.g. </address>
     " let b:xml_indent_close = '.\{-}</\(address\)\@!'
 endif
@@ -81,7 +82,7 @@ endfun
 
 " [-- return the sum of indents of a:lnum --]
 fun! <SID>XmlIndentSum(line, style, add)
-    if <SID>IsXMLContinuation(a:line) && a:style == 0
+    if <SID>IsXMLContinuation(a:line) && a:style == 0 && !<SID>IsXMLEmptyClosingTag(a:line)
         " no complete tag, add one additional indent level
         " but only for the current line
         return a:add + shiftwidth()
@@ -131,13 +132,25 @@ fun! XmlIndentGet(lnum, use_syntax_check)
         endif
         let syn_name_end   = synIDattr(synID(a:lnum, strlen(curline) - 1, 1), 'name')
         let syn_name_start = synIDattr(synID(a:lnum, match(curline, '\S') + 1, 1), 'name')
+        let prev_syn_name_end   = synIDattr(synID(ptag, strlen(pline) - 1, 1), 'name')
+        " not needed (yet?)
+        " let prev_syn_name_start = synIDattr(synID(ptag, match(pline, '\S') + 1, 1), 'name')
     endif
 
     if syn_name_end =~ 'Comment' && syn_name_start =~ 'Comment'
         return <SID>XmlIndentComment(a:lnum)
     elseif empty(syn_name_start) && empty(syn_name_end) && a:use_syntax_check
         " non-xml tag content: use indent from 'autoindent'
-        return pind + shiftwidth()
+        if pline =~ b:xml_indent_close
+            return pind
+        elseif !empty(prev_syn_name_end)
+            " only indent by an extra shiftwidth, if the previous line ends
+            " with an XML like tag
+           return pind + shiftwidth()
+        else
+            " no extra indent, looks like a text continuation line
+           return pind
+        endif
     endif
 
     " Get indent from previous tag line
@@ -157,15 +170,28 @@ func! <SID>HasNoTagEnd(line)
     return a:line !~ '>\s*$'
 endfunc
 
+func! <SID>IsXMLEmptyClosingTag(line)
+    " Checks whether the line ends with an empty closing tag such as <lb/>
+    return a:line =~? '<[^>]*/>\s*$'
+endfunc
+
 " return indent for a commented line,
 " the middle part might be indented one additional level
 func! <SID>XmlIndentComment(lnum)
-    let ptagopen = search(b:xml_indent_open, 'bnW')
+    let ptagopen = search('.\{-}<[:A-Z_a-z]\_[^/]\{-}>.\{-}', 'bnW')
     let ptagclose = search(b:xml_indent_close, 'bnW')
     if getline(a:lnum) =~ '<!--'
         " if previous tag was a closing tag, do not add
         " one additional level of indent
         if ptagclose > ptagopen && a:lnum > ptagclose
+            " If the previous tag was closed on the same line as it was
+            " declared, we should indent with its indent level.
+            if !<SID>IsXMLContinuation(getline(ptagclose))
+                return indent(ptagclose)
+            else
+                return indent(ptagclose) - shiftwidth()
+            endif
+        elseif ptagclose == ptagopen
             return indent(ptagclose)
         else
             " start of comment, add one indentation level

runtime/indent/yaml.vim

@@ -2,16 +2,13 @@
 " Language:	YAML
 " Maintainer:	Nikolai Pavlov <zyx.vim@gmail.com>
 " Last Update:	Lukas Reineke
-" Last Change:	2020 Jun 07
+" Last Change:	2021 Jan 19
 
 " Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
 if exists('b:did_indent')
   finish
 endif
 
-let s:save_cpo = &cpo
-set cpo&vim
-
 let b:did_indent = 1
 
 setlocal indentexpr=GetYAMLIndent(v:lnum)
@@ -25,6 +22,9 @@ if exists('*GetYAMLIndent')
     finish
 endif
 
+let s:save_cpo = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
 function s:FindPrevLessIndentedLine(lnum, ...)
     let prevlnum = prevnonblank(a:lnum-1)
     let curindent = a:0 ? a:1 : indent(a:lnum)

runtime/keymap/korean.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+" Maintainer: Jang Whemoon <palindrom615@gmail.com>
+" Last Change: Nov 24, 2020
+"
+"
+"
+" Unlike Japanese or Chinese, modern Korean texts do not depends on conversion
+" to Hanja (Chinese character). Thus, general Korean text totally can be
+" covered without help of IME but this keymap. 
+" 
+" BUT, simply mapping each letter of Hangul with sequence of alphabet 1 by 1
+" can fail to combine Hangul jamo (conconants and vowels) right.
+" For example, sequentially pressing `ㅅㅓㅇㅜㄹㄷㅐㅎㅏㄱㅛ` can not only be
+" combined as `서울대학교`, but alse `성ㅜㄹ댛ㅏㄱ교`, which is totally 
+" nonsense. 
+" Though combining Hangul is deterministic with law that each letter must be 
+" one of (consonant + vowel) or (consonant + vowel + consonant), there is no
+" way to apply such law without implementing input engine.
+"
+" Thus, user of this keymap should wait until previous hangul letter is
+" completed before typing next one. To reduce such inconvenience, I suggest to
+" set `timeoutlen` with their own value. (default value is 1000ms)
+
+source <sfile>:p:h/korean-dubeolsik_utf-8.vim